TW202219117A - Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device - Google Patents

Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202219117A
TW202219117A TW110130930A TW110130930A TW202219117A TW 202219117 A TW202219117 A TW 202219117A TW 110130930 A TW110130930 A TW 110130930A TW 110130930 A TW110130930 A TW 110130930A TW 202219117 A TW202219117 A TW 202219117A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
preferable
compound
compounds
Prior art date
Application number
TW110130930A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吉田健太
山口修平
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202219117A publication Critical patent/TW202219117A/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B32B15/088Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F283/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • C08F283/04Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers provided for in subclass C08G on to polycarbonamides, polyesteramides or polyimides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/14Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/49Phosphorus-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)

Abstract

A resin composition which contains a polyamic acid ester and one or more compounds B that are selected from the group consisting of phosphoric acid esters, phosphoric acid ester amides and phosphoric acid amides; a cured product which is obtained by curing this resin composition; a multilayer body which comprises this cured product; a method for producing this cured product; and a semiconductor device which comprises this cured product or this multilayer body.

Description

樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層體、硬化物之製造方法及半導體器件Resin composition, cured product, laminate, manufacturing method of cured product, and semiconductor device

本發明係關於一種樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層體、硬化物之製造方法及半導體器件。The present invention relates to a resin composition, a cured product, a laminate, a method for producing the cured product, and a semiconductor device.

聚醯亞胺的耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此適用於各種用途。作為上述用途並無特別限定,但是若舉出實際安裝用半導體器件為例,則可舉出作為絕緣膜或密封材料的材料或保護膜的利用。又,亦可以用作可撓性基板的基底膜或覆蓋膜等。Polyimide has excellent heat resistance and insulating properties, and is therefore suitable for various applications. Although it does not specifically limit as said use, If the semiconductor device for actual mounting is mentioned as an example, the use as a material of an insulating film or a sealing material, or a protective film is mentioned. Moreover, it can also be used as a base film, a cover film, etc. of a flexible substrate.

例如,在上述之用途中,聚醯亞胺以含有聚醯胺酸酯之樹脂組成物的形態使用。 將該等樹脂組成物例如藉由塗佈等適用於基材來形成樹脂膜,之後依據需要進行曝光、顯影、加熱等,藉此能夠在基材上形成硬化物。 上述聚醯胺酸酯例如藉由加熱而環化,並且在硬化物中成為聚醯亞胺。 硬化性樹脂組成物能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等而適用,因此可以說製造上的適應性優異,例如所適用之樹脂組成物在適用時的形狀、大小、適用位置等設計的自由度高等。從除了聚醯亞胺等所具有之高性能以外該種製造上的適應性優異之觀點考慮,越來越期待上述樹脂組成物在產業上的應用開發。 For example, in the above-mentioned use, the polyimide is used in the form of a resin composition containing a polyurethane. For example, by applying these resin compositions to a base material by coating or the like to form a resin film, and then exposing, developing, heating, etc. as necessary, a cured product can be formed on the base material. The above-mentioned polyamic acid ester is cyclized by heating, for example, and becomes polyimide in a cured product. The curable resin composition can be applied by a known coating method, etc., so it can be said that the adaptability in manufacturing is excellent. For example, the applied resin composition has a high degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, and application position at the time of application. . In addition to the high performance possessed by polyimide and the like, the industrial application development of the above-mentioned resin composition has been increasingly expected from the viewpoint of excellent suitability for such production.

例如在專利文獻1中記載有感光性樹脂組成物,前述感光性樹脂組成物的特徵為,具有(a)聚醯亞胺和/或聚醯亞胺前驅物、(b)光敏劑、(c)高介電常數無機粒子、(d)溶劑,(c)高介電常數無機粒子為具有由1種平均粒徑構成之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構或者複合鈣鈦礦型結晶結構者或者具有2種以上的平均粒徑者,並且為具有其最小的平均粒徑為0.06μm以上之鈣鈦礦型結晶結構或者複合鈣鈦礦型結晶結構者。 在專利文獻2中記載有感光性樹脂組成物,前述感光性樹脂組成物的特徵為,其為(A)特定結構的磷化合物、(B)可溶於有機溶劑的聚醯胺酸和/或可溶於有機溶劑的聚醯亞胺、(C)僅由C、H、O、N原子構成之在分子中具有至少1個以上碳-碳雙鍵之化合物、(D)將光反應起始劑作為必要成分,上述(C)成分使用至少2種不同之化合物,並且含有1種以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a photosensitive resin composition, which is characterized by having (a) a polyimide and/or a polyimide precursor, (b) a photosensitizer, and (c) ) high dielectric constant inorganic particles, (d) solvent, (c) high dielectric constant inorganic particles are those having a perovskite crystal structure or a composite perovskite crystal structure composed of one average particle size, or having two One or more kinds of average particle size, and one having a perovskite-type crystal structure or a composite perovskite-type crystal structure whose smallest average particle size is 0.06 μm or more. Patent Document 2 describes a photosensitive resin composition characterized by (A) a phosphorus compound having a specific structure, (B) a polyamic acid soluble in an organic solvent, and/or Organic solvent-soluble polyimide, (C) a compound consisting only of C, H, O, N atoms and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond in the molecule, (D) initiating a photoreaction As an essential component, the said (C) component uses at least 2 kinds of different compounds, and contains 1 or more types of (meth)acrylate compounds.

[專利文獻1]日本特開2006-309202號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2007-094342號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-309202 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-094342

在含有聚醯胺酸酯之樹脂組成物中,要求樹脂組成物本身的保存穩定性的提高及所獲得之硬化物的耐藥品性的提高。In the resin composition containing a polyurethane, the improvement of the storage stability of the resin composition itself and the improvement of the chemical resistance of the hardened|cured material obtained are requested|required.

本發明的目的在於提供一種獲得耐藥品性優異之硬化物並且保存穩定性優異之樹脂組成物、硬化上述樹脂組成物而成之硬化物、含有上述硬化物之積層體、上述硬化物之製造方法及含有上述硬化物或上述積層體之半導體器件。An object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition having excellent chemical resistance and excellent storage stability, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate containing the cured product, and a method for producing the cured product and a semiconductor device containing the above-mentioned cured product or the above-mentioned laminated body.

將本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子示於以下。 <1>一種樹脂組成物,其含有聚醯胺酸酯及選自包括磷酸酯、磷酸酯醯胺及磷酸醯胺之群組中之1種以上的化合物B。 <2>如<1>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述聚醯胺酸酯含有由下述式(2)表示之重複單元, [化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
式(2)中,A 1及A 2表示氧原子或-NH-,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示1價的有機基,R 115表示4價的有機基,R 111表示2價的有機基。 <3>如<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 式(2)中的上述R 113及R 114中的至少一者為含有自由基聚合性基之1價的有機基。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述化合物B包含由式(1)表示之化合物, [化學式2]
Figure 02_image003
式(1)中,R 1、R 2及R 3分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1~20的1價的有機基,R 1、R 2及R 3中的至少1個為碳數1~20的1價的有機基,X 1、X 2及X 3分別獨立地為-O-或-NR N-,R N為氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1至20的1價的有機基。 <5>如<4>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述R 1、R 2及R 3中,至少一個為含有聚合性基之1價的有機基。 <6>如<5>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述R 1、R 2及R 3中,至少一個為自由基聚合性基。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其還含有光聚合起始劑及熱聚合起始劑中的至少一者。 <8>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其還含有光聚合起始劑。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。 <10>一種硬化物,其硬化<1>至<9>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物而成。 <11>一種積層體,其包含2層以上的由<10>所述之硬化物構成之層,在由上述硬化物構成之層之間的任一層之間包含金屬層。 <12>一種硬化物之製造方法,其包括將<1>至<9>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物適用於基材上來形成膜之膜形成步驟。 <13>如<12>所述之硬化物之製造方法,其包括選擇性曝光上述膜之曝光步驟及使用顯影液顯影上述膜來形成圖案之顯影步驟。 <14>如<12>或<13>所述之硬化物之製造方法,其包括在50~450℃下加熱上述膜之加熱步驟。 <15>一種半導體器件,其包含<10>所述之硬化膜或<11>所述之積層體。 [發明效果] Examples of typical embodiments of the present invention are shown below. <1> A resin composition comprising a polyurethane and at least one compound B selected from the group consisting of phosphate ester, phosphate amide, and phosphate amide. <2> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein the polyamic acid ester contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2), [Chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001
In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 111 represents a divalent organic group. base. <3> The resin composition according to <2>, wherein at least one of R 113 and R 114 in the formula (2) is a monovalent organic group containing a radical polymerizable group. <4> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the above-mentioned compound B contains a compound represented by formula (1), [Chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003
In formula (1), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least 1 of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 Each is a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently -O- or -NR N -, and R N is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted carbon number of 1 to 2 20 monovalent organic group. <5> The resin composition according to <4>, wherein at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is a monovalent organic group containing a polymerizable group. <6> The resin composition according to <5>, wherein at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is a radical polymerizable group. <7> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which further contains at least one of a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator. <8> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which further contains a photopolymerization initiator. <9> The curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. <10> A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>. <11> A layered product comprising two or more layers composed of the cured product described in <10>, and including a metal layer between any of the layers composed of the cured product. <12> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film forming step of applying the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9> on a substrate to form a film. <13> The manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material as described in <12> which comprises the exposure process of selectively exposing the said film, and the development process of developing the said film using a developing solution, and forming a pattern. <14> The manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material as described in <12> or <13> which comprises the heating process of heating the said film at 50-450 degreeC. <15> A semiconductor device comprising the cured film described in <10> or the laminated body described in <11>. [Inventive effect]

依據本發明,可提供一種獲得耐藥品性優異之硬化物並且保存穩定性優異之樹脂組成物、硬化上述樹脂組成物而成之硬化物、含有上述硬化物之積層體、上述硬化物之製造方法及含有上述硬化物或上述積層體之半導體器件。According to the present invention, there can be provided a resin composition having excellent chemical resistance and excellent storage stability, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate containing the cured product, and a method for producing the cured product and a semiconductor device containing the above-mentioned cured product or the above-mentioned laminated body.

以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中,用“~”記號表示之數值範圍表示將記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值包括之範圍。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一用語不僅表示獨立之步驟,只要能夠實現該步驟所預期之作用,則亦表示包括無法與其他步驟明確區分之步驟。 關於本說明書中之基團(原子團)的表述,未標註經取代及未經取代的表述同時包括不具有取代基的基團(原子團)和具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),而且還包括具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則“曝光”不僅包括利用光之曝光,而且還包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一者。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分係指組成物的所有成分中除了溶劑以外之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度為除了溶劑以外之其他成分相對於組成物的總質量之質量百分率。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)為使用凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法進行測定之值,並且被定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,關於重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn),例如能夠藉由使用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造),並將保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000及TSKgel Super HZ2000(以上為TOSOH CORPORATION製造)串聯連接而用作管住來求出。除非另有說明,則該等分子量為使用THF(四氫呋喃)作為洗滌液進行測定者。其中,在溶解性低的情況等THF不適合作為洗滌液的情況下,亦能夠使用NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮)。又,除非另有說明,則GPC測定中之檢測為使用UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器者。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,記載為“上”或“下”時,只要在所關注之複數層中成為基準之層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,亦可以在成為基準之層與上述其他層之間進一步夾有第3層或第3要素,並且成為基準之層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,除非另有說明,則將對於基材逐漸堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或者,在具有樹脂組成物層之情況下,將從基材朝向樹脂組成物層之方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。再者,該種上下方向的設定係為了便於說明本說明書,在實際態樣中,本說明書中之“上”方向亦可以與鉛垂朝上不同。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則作為組成物中所包含之各成分,組成物亦可以包含與該成分對應之2種以上的化合物。又,除非另有說明,則組成物中之各成分的含量表示與該成分對應之所有化合物的總含量。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳的態樣。 Hereinafter, main embodiments of the present invention will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to the illustrated embodiments. In this specification, the numerical range shown by "-" symbol shows the range which includes the numerical value described before and after "-" as a lower limit value and an upper limit value, respectively. In this specification, the term "step" not only refers to an independent step, but also refers to a step that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps as long as the intended function of the step can be achieved. Regarding the description of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the descriptions that are not substituted and unsubstituted include both a group (atomic group) without a substituent and a group (atomic group) with a substituent. For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl groups (unsubstituted alkyl groups), but also substituted alkyl groups (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure with light but also exposure with particle beams such as electron beams, ion beams, and the like. Moreover, as the light used for exposure, the bright-line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams and other actinic rays and radiation can be mentioned. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth)acrylic acid" means "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid" "Both or either, "(meth)acryloyl" means both or either of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl". In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solid content means the total mass of the components other than the solvent among all the components of the composition. In addition, in this specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage with respect to the total mass of a composition of other components except a solvent. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are values measured using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In this specification, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and the number-average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained, for example, by using HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), and combining guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (the above are manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) are connected in series and used as a control to obtain. Unless otherwise stated, the molecular weights are determined using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as the washing liquid. Among them, NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) can also be used when THF is not suitable as a washing liquid, such as when the solubility is low. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the detection in the GPC measurement was performed using a detector with a wavelength of 254 nm of UV rays (ultraviolet rays). In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the layered product is described as "upper" or "lower", other layers may be present on the upper side or lower side of the reference layer among the plurality of layers concerned. That is, a third layer or a third element may be further interposed between the layer serving as the reference and the other layers described above, and the layer serving as the reference and the other layers described above do not need to be in contact. Also, unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are gradually stacked with respect to the base material is referred to as "up", or, in the case of a resin composition layer, the direction from the base material toward the resin composition layer is referred to as "up" , and the opposite direction is called "down". Furthermore, the setting of the up-down direction is for the convenience of explaining this specification, and in an actual aspect, the "up" direction in this specification may also be different from the vertical upward direction. In this specification, unless otherwise stated, as each component contained in a composition, a composition may contain 2 or more types of compounds corresponding to this component. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition represents the total content of all the compounds corresponding to the component. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C, the air pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 air pressure), and the relative humidity is 50% RH. In this specification, the combination of the preferred aspects is the more preferred aspect.

(樹脂組成物) 本發明的樹脂組成物(以下,亦簡稱為“樹脂組成物”。)含有聚醯胺酸酯及選自包括磷酸酯、磷酸酯醯胺及磷酸醯胺之群組中之1種以上的化合物B(以下,亦簡稱為“化合物B”)。 (resin composition) The resin composition (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "resin composition") of the present invention contains a polyurethane and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of phosphate ester, phosphate amide, and phosphate amide B (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "compound B").

本發明的樹脂組成物為具有感光性之樹脂組成物為較佳。 當為具有感光性之樹脂組成物之情況下,可以為負型樹脂組成物,亦可以為正型樹脂組成物,負型樹脂組成物為較佳。 負型樹脂組成物係指,當曝光由樹脂組成物形成之層之情況下,藉由顯影液去除未曝光之部分(非曝光部)之組成物。 正型樹脂組成物係指,當曝光由樹脂組成物形成之層之情況下,藉由顯影液去除曝光之部分(曝光部)之組成物。 本發明的樹脂組成物還含有光聚合起始劑及熱聚合起始劑中的至少一者為較佳,還含有光聚合起始劑為更佳。 藉由含有光聚合起始劑,能夠用作負型樹脂組成物。 又,藉由含有熱聚合起始劑,能夠用作負型樹脂組成物或正型樹脂組成物。 The resin composition of the present invention is preferably a photosensitive resin composition. In the case of a photosensitive resin composition, it may be a negative-type resin composition or a positive-type resin composition, and a negative-type resin composition is preferable. The negative-type resin composition refers to a composition in which an unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed by a developing solution when exposing a layer formed of the resin composition. The positive-type resin composition refers to a composition in which the exposed portion (exposed portion) is removed by a developing solution when a layer formed of the resin composition is exposed to light. The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains at least one of a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator, and more preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator. By containing a photopolymerization initiator, it can be used as a negative resin composition. Moreover, by containing a thermal polymerization initiator, it can be used as a negative resin composition or a positive resin composition.

本發明的樹脂組成物的所獲得之硬化物的耐藥品性優異。 可以獲得上述效果之機制雖尚不明確,但是推測為如下。 The obtained cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is excellent in chemical resistance. Although the mechanism by which the above-mentioned effects can be obtained is not clear, it is presumed as follows.

本發明的樹脂組成物含有聚醯胺酸酯。 本發明中,聚醯胺酸酯係指,醯胺酸酯結構的莫耳含量與樹脂中所含有之所有醯胺酸結構及醯胺酸酯結構的合計莫耳量之比例(%)為50%以上之樹脂。 上述莫耳含量的比例(%)為60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳,80%以上為進一步較佳,90%以上為特佳。上述莫耳含量的比例(%)的上限並無特別限定,可以為100%。 可推測該等聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸相比,藉由分解反應可切斷樹脂的主鏈並且抑制樹脂被低分子量化。因此,認為本發明的樹脂組成物的保存穩定性優異。 又,認為化合物B與聚醯胺酸酯發生強烈地相互作用。藉由該相互作用,可推測提高硬化前的膜(例如感光膜)的可塑性,並且提高在硬化前的膜中的樹脂的部分結構的運動性。因此,可推測當藉由熱醯亞胺化或化學醯亞胺化等對由本發明的樹脂組成物構成之硬化前的膜進行醯亞胺化之情況下,提高聚醯胺酸酯中的醯胺酸酯結構部分的運動性,醯亞胺化變得容易,並且增加最終獲得之硬化物中的醯亞胺化率,因此耐藥品性優異。 認為藉由硬化物的耐藥品性優異,例如在硬化本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物而成之硬化物上進而適用含有溶劑之其他硬化性樹脂組成物並且使其硬化來製作積層體之情況等,即使硬化物與顯影液或其他硬化性樹脂組成物接觸,亦可抑制硬化物的溶解。 依據本發明,認為可獲得例如抑制相對於二甲基亞碸(DMSO)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)等極性溶劑、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)水溶液等鹼水溶液或可抑制在上述極性溶劑與上述鹼水溶液的混合液中之溶解性之耐藥品性優異之硬化物。 另外,認為若對上述化合物B及聚醯胺酸酯中的至少一者導入自由基聚合性基,則可有效地形成三維交聯,進而提高耐藥品性。 又,可推測當藉由上述硬化前的膜中的可塑性的提高,樹脂組成物具有感光性之情況下,容易引起硬化前的膜中的光敏劑本身的結構變化及由其引起之聚合性化合物的聚合等的變化,因此亦可提高解析度。 又,可推測因基於上述相互作用之醯亞胺化率的增加而引起,從本發明的樹脂組成物獲得之硬化物的膜強度亦優異。 The resin composition of the present invention contains a polyurethane. In the present invention, the term "polyamic acid ester" means that the ratio (%) of the molar content of the aramidic acid ester structure to the total molar content of all the aramidic acid structures and the aramidic acid ester structures contained in the resin is 50. % or more of resin. The ratio (%) of the above molar content is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more, further preferably 80% or more, and particularly preferably 90% or more. The upper limit of the ratio (%) of the molar content is not particularly limited, and may be 100%. It is presumed that these polyamic acid esters are able to cut the main chain of the resin by the decomposition reaction and suppress the reduction of the molecular weight of the resin as compared with the polyamic acid. Therefore, it is considered that the resin composition of the present invention is excellent in storage stability. In addition, it is considered that the compound B strongly interacts with the polyamic acid ester. By this interaction, it is presumed that the plasticity of the film (for example, the photosensitive film) before hardening is improved, and the mobility of the partial structure of the resin in the film before hardening is improved. Therefore, it is presumed that when the film composed of the resin composition of the present invention before curing is imidized by thermal imidization, chemical imidization, or the like, the amount of amide in the polyurethane increases. Mobility and imidization of the amino acid ester moiety become easy, and the rate of imidization in the cured product finally obtained is increased, so that it is excellent in chemical resistance. It is considered that the cured product has excellent chemical resistance, for example, a case where a layered product is produced by applying another curable resin composition containing a solvent to the cured product obtained by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention and then curing it. , Even if the cured product is in contact with the developer or other curable resin composition, the dissolution of the cured product can be suppressed. According to the present invention, it is considered that, for example, an alkaline aqueous solution such as a polar solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), or an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) can be obtained or inhibited. A cured product having excellent solubility in a mixed solution of the above polar solvent and the above alkaline aqueous solution and excellent chemical resistance. In addition, it is considered that if a radically polymerizable group is introduced into at least one of the compound B and the polyamic acid ester, three-dimensional crosslinking can be efficiently formed, and chemical resistance can be improved. In addition, it is presumed that when the resin composition has photosensitivity due to the improvement of the plasticity in the film before curing, the structural change of the photosensitizer itself in the film before curing and the polymerizable compound caused by the change are likely to occur. changes in aggregation, etc., so the resolution can also be improved. Moreover, it is presumed that the cured product obtained from the resin composition of the present invention is also excellent in film strength due to an increase in the imidization rate due to the above interaction.

在此,專利文獻1及2中亦沒有關於含有聚醯胺酸酯及化合物B之樹脂組成物的記載。Here, Patent Documents 1 and 2 also do not describe a resin composition containing a polyurethane and a compound B.

以下,對本發明的樹脂組成物中所含有之成分進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the components contained in the resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

<聚醯胺酸酯> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有聚醯胺酸酯(以下,亦稱為“特定樹脂”。)。 又,聚醯胺酸酯含有由後述之式(2)表示之重複單元為較佳。 <Polyurethane> The resin composition of the present invention contains a polyurethane (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific resin"). Moreover, it is preferable that the polyamic acid ester contains the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) mentioned later.

又,聚醯胺酸酯具有聚合性基為較佳。 作為聚醯胺酸酯中的聚合性基,可舉出自由基聚合性基、環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、羥甲基、烷氧基甲基等公知的聚合性基。 作為上述自由基聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基等直接鍵結於芳香環之可以經取代之具有乙烯基之基團、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基等,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為較佳。 Moreover, it is preferable that the polyamic acid ester has a polymerizable group. As a polymerizable group in a polyamic acid ester, well-known polymerizable groups, such as a radical polymerizable group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group, and an alkoxymethyl group, are mentioned. As the above-mentioned radically polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, and the like, a group having a vinyl group that may be directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and a (meth)acryloyl group. An amine group, a (meth)acryloyloxy group, etc., a (meth)acryloyloxy group is preferable.

該等之中,聚醯胺酸酯含有自由基聚合性基為較佳。 當聚醯胺酸酯具有自由基聚合性基之情況下,樹脂組成物作為光敏劑含有後述光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳,含有後述之光自由基聚合起始劑作為光敏劑且含有後述之自由基交聯劑為更佳,含有後述之光自由基聚合起始劑作為光敏劑、含有後述之自由基交聯劑且含有後述之增感劑為進一步較佳。由該種樹脂組成物例如形成負型感光層。 又,聚醯胺酸酯可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。 當聚醯胺酸酯具有酸分解性基之情況下,樹脂組成物作為光敏劑含有後述光酸產生劑為較佳。由該種樹脂組成物例如形成化學增幅型的正型感光層或負型感光層。 Among these, it is preferable that the polyamic acid ester contains a radically polymerizable group. When the polyamic acid ester has a radical polymerizable group, it is preferable that the resin composition contains a photo-radical polymerization initiator described later as a photosensitizer, and a photo-radical polymerization initiator described later is contained as a photosensitizer and contains The radical crosslinking agent described later is more preferable, and the photoradical polymerization initiator described later is contained as a photosensitizer, the radical crosslinking agent described later is contained, and the sensitizer described later is further preferably contained. For example, a negative photosensitive layer is formed from such a resin composition. In addition, the polyamic acid ester may have a polarity conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. When the polyamic acid ester has an acid-decomposable group, it is preferable that the resin composition contains a photoacid generator described later as a photosensitizer. For example, a chemically amplified positive-type photosensitive layer or a negative-type photosensitive layer is formed from such a resin composition.

〔聚醯胺酸酯〕 本發明中所使用之聚醯胺酸酯的其種類等並沒有特別規定,但包含由下述式(2)表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式3]

Figure 02_image005
式(2)中,A 1及A 2分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,R 111表示2價的有機基,R 115表示4價的有機基,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。其中,R 113及R 114中的至少一者為1價的有機基。 [Polyamic acid ester] The kind and the like of the polyamic acid ester used in the present invention are not particularly limited, but it is preferable to include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). [Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005
In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 111 represents a divalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 113 and R 114 each independently represent hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. However, at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a monovalent organic group.

式(2)中之A 1及A 2分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NH-,氧原子為較佳。 式(2)中之R 111表示2價的有機基。作為2價的有機基,可例示包含直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基之基團,包括碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數3~20的芳香族基或該等組合之基團為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團為更佳。上述直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基可以經鏈中的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代,並且上述環狀的脂肪族基及芳香族基可以經環員的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代。作為本發明的較佳的實施形態,可例示由-Ar-及-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團,特佳為由-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為包括單鍵、可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-NHCO-或者上述中的兩個以上的組合之基團。該等較佳範圍如上所述。 A 1 and A 2 in the formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, preferably an oxygen atom. R 111 in the formula (2) represents a divalent organic group. The divalent organic group includes a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group and an aromatic group, including a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, A cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof is preferable, and a group containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. The above-mentioned linear or branched aliphatic group may be substituted with a group in which the hydrocarbon group in the chain contains a heteroatom, and the above-mentioned cyclic aliphatic group and aromatic group may be substituted with a group in which a ring-membered hydrocarbon group contains a heteroatom. As a preferable embodiment of this invention, the group represented by -Ar- and -Ar-L-Ar- can be illustrated, and the group represented by -Ar-L-Ar- is especially preferable. Wherein, Ar is each independently an aromatic group, L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms including a single bond and may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO- or a combination of two or more of the above. These preferred ranges are as described above.

R 111衍生自二胺為較佳。作為聚醯胺酸酯的製造中所使用之二胺,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 具體而言,包含包括碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數3~20的芳香族基或該等組合之基團之二胺為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之二胺為更佳。上述直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基可以經鏈中的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代,並且上述環狀的脂肪族基及芳香族基可以經環員的烴基包含雜原子之基團取代。作為包含芳香族基之基團的例子,可舉出下述。 R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. As a diamine used for manufacture of a polyamic acid ester, a linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamine etc. are mentioned. Only one type of diamine may be used, or two or more types may be used. Specifically, the group includes a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof. The diamine is preferable, and the diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable. The above-mentioned linear or branched aliphatic group may be substituted with a group in which the hydrocarbon group in the chain contains a heteroatom, and the above-mentioned cyclic aliphatic group and aromatic group may be substituted with a group in which a ring-membered hydrocarbon group contains a heteroatom. As an example of the group containing an aromatic group, the following are mentioned.

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image007
式中,A表示單鍵或2價的連接基,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO 2-、-NHCO-或該等組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵、選自可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或-SO 2-中之基團為更佳,-CH 2-、-O-、-S-、-SO 2-、-C(CF 32-或-C(CH 32-為進一步較佳。 式中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image007
In the formula, A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and the single bond or is selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S- , -SO 2 -, -NHCO- or groups in these combinations are preferred, single bond, selected from alkylene with 1 to 3 carbon atoms that can be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C (= The group in O)-, -S- or -SO 2 - is more preferred, -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 - or -C ( CH 3 ) 2 - is further preferred. In the formula, * represents a bonding site with other structures.

作為二胺,具體而言,可舉出選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯碸及3,3-二胺基二苯碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-二胺基枯烯及2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中的至少一種二胺。Specific examples of the diamine include the group consisting of 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, and 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diamine cyclohexane or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane Aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethyl ring Hexylmethane and isophoronediamine; m- or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4 '-Diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4 '-Diaminodiphenylene and 3,3-diaminodiphenylene, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diphenyl ether Aminobenzophenone or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4 ,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2- Bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexa Fluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino- 4-Hydroxyphenyl) bismuth, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) bismuth, 4,4'-diamino-terphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy) Biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl] bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy) base) phenyl] benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4 '-Diaminodiphenylene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-amine) phenyl) benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-Diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy) base)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4 ,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9 ,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl) fluoride, 4, 4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4- Diaminocumene and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine , 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, 2 ,7-Diamino pyridine, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzylaniline, ester of diaminobenzoic acid, 1, 5-Diaminonaphthalene, Diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1 ,5-bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenyl)tetrafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminobenzene) oxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy) )-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoro Propane, p-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4 '-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenyl 4'-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl ] Hexafluoropropane, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl) ) at least one diamine among biphenyl, 2,2',5,5',6,6'-hexafluorobenzidine and 4,4'-diaminotetrabiphenyl.

又,國際公開第2017/038598號的0030~0031段中所記載之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦較佳。Furthermore, the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. WO 2017/038598 are also preferred.

又,亦可較佳地使用在主鏈上具有國際公開第2017/038598號的0032~0034段中所記載之兩個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。Moreover, the diamine which has two or more alkylene glycol units described in the paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 in the main chain can also be preferably used.

從所獲得之有機膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,R 111由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為包括可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-NHCO-或者上述中的兩個以上的組合之基團。Ar為伸苯基為較佳,L為可以經氟原子取代的碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或-SO 2-為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基為伸烷基為較佳。 From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained organic film, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Wherein, Ar is each independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO- which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. Or a combination of two or more of the above. Preferably, Ar is a phenylene group, and L is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 - which may be substituted by a fluorine atom. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group.

又,從i射線透過率的觀點考慮,R 111為由下述式(51)或式(61)表示之2價的有機基為較佳。尤其,從i射線透過率、易獲得性的觀點考慮,由式(61)表示之2價的有機基為更佳。 式(51) [化學式5]

Figure 02_image009
式(51)中,R 50~R 57分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價的有機基,R 50~R 57中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示式(2)中的與氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為R 50~R 57的1價的有機基,可舉出碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未經取代的烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 [化學式6]
Figure 02_image011
式(61)中,R 58及R 59分別獨立地為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示式(2)中的與氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為提供式(51)或式(61)的結構之二胺,可舉出2,2’-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance, it is preferable that R 111 is a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, the divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoints of i-ray transmittance and availability. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 5]
Figure 02_image009
In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, * The bonding sites to the nitrogen atom in the formula (2) are each independently represented. Examples of the monovalent organic groups of R 50 to R 57 include unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably carbon atoms of 1 to 6), and unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably carbon atoms of 1 to 10). 1-6) fluorinated alkyl groups, etc. [Chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image011
In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and * each independently represents a bonding site to a nitrogen atom in formula (2). 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diamine, and 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diamine are exemplified as diamines that provide the structure of formula (51) or formula (61). Amino biphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diamino biphenyl, 4,4'-diamino octafluorobiphenyl, etc. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

式(2)中之R 115表示4價的有機基。作為4價的有機基,包含芳香環之4價的有機基為較佳,由下述式(5)或式(6)表示之基團為更佳。 式(5)或式(6)中,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [化學式7]

Figure 02_image013
式(5)中,R 112為單鍵或2價的連接基,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-及-NHCO-以及該等組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵、選自可以經氟原子取代的碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及SO 2-中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH 2-、-C(CF 32-、-C(CH 32-、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO 2-之群組中之2價的基團為進一步較佳。 R 115 in formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group including an aromatic ring is preferable, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferable. In formula (5) or formula (6), * each independently represents a bonding site with another structure. [Chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image013
In formula (5), R 112 is a single bond or a divalent linking group, and the single bond or is selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S- which may be substituted by fluorine atoms , -SO 2 - and -NHCO- and the groups in these combinations are preferably, single bond, selected from alkylene with 1 to 3 carbon atoms that can be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, The groups in -S- and SO 2 - are more preferably selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, - A divalent group in the group of S- and -SO 2 - is more preferable.

又,R 111可以為包含聚合性基之結構。 例如,R 111亦能夠設為來自於具有聚合性基之二胺化合物之結構。 具有聚合性基之二胺化合物並無特別限定,但是包含芳香環結構之化合物為較佳,具有包含胺基及聚合性基之結構與芳香環結構直接連接之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為聚合性基,包括具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基、羥甲基或烷氧基甲基之基團為較佳,乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、乙烯基苯基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、羥甲基或烷氧基甲基為更佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、環氧基、羥甲基或烷氧基甲基為進一步較佳。 Moreover, R 111 may be a structure containing a polymerizable group. For example, R 111 can also be a structure derived from a diamine compound having a polymerizable group. The diamine compound having a polymerizable group is not particularly limited, but a compound having an aromatic ring structure is preferred, and a compound having a structure in which a structure including an amine group and a polymerizable group and an aromatic ring structure are directly connected is more preferred. The polymerizable group preferably includes a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group, vinyl, (meth)allyl, (methyl) group) acrylamino, (meth)acryloyloxy, maleimide, vinylphenyl, epoxy, oxetanyl, methylol or alkoxymethyl are More preferably, (meth)acryloyloxy, (meth)acrylamido, epoxy, methylol or alkoxymethyl are further preferable.

關於R 115,具體而言,可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酐基之後所殘存之四羧酸殘基等。聚醯胺酸酯作為相當於R 115之結構可以僅含有1種四羧酸二酐殘基,亦可以含有2種以上四羧酸二酐殘基。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 [化學式8]

Figure 02_image015
式(O)中,R 115表示4價的有機基。R 115的較佳範圍的含義與式(2)中之R 115的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 Specific examples of R 115 include the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The polyamic acid ester may contain only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride residue as a structure corresponding to R 115 , or may contain two or more types of tetracarboxylic dianhydride residues. Tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O). [Chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image015
In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The meaning of the preferable range of R 115 is the same as that of R 115 in formula (2), and the preferable range is also the same.

作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可舉出均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐及該等碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydride include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4' -Diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride , 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4' -Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'oxodiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7 -Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2, 3-Dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4 -Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylene Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrene tetracarboxylic dianhydride , 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethanedianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzene Tetracarboxylic dianhydride and these alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

又,亦可舉出國際公開第2017/038598號的0038段中所記載之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)作為較佳例。Moreover, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride (DAA-1) - (DAA-5) described in the 0038 paragraph of International Publication No. WO 2017/038598 can also be mentioned as a preferable example.

式(2)中,R 111和R 115中的至少一者亦可以具有OH基。更具體而言,作為R 111,可舉出雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。 In formula (2), at least one of R 111 and R 115 may have an OH group. More specifically, as R 111 , the residue of a bisaminophenol derivative can be mentioned.

式(2)中的R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。作為1價的有機基,含有直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基或聚伸烷氧基為較佳。又,R 113及R 114中的至少一者含有聚合性基為較佳,兩者含有聚合性基為更佳。R 113及R 114中的至少一者含有2以上的聚合性基亦較佳。作為聚合性基,係能夠藉由熱、自由基等的作用而進行交聯反應的基團,自由基聚合性基為較佳。作為聚合性基的具體例,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、苯并㗁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、胺基。作為聚醯胺酸酯所具有之自由基聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、異烯丙基、2-甲基烯丙基、具有直接與乙烯基鍵結之芳香環之基團(例如乙烯基苯基等)、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等,由下述式(III)表示之基團為較佳。 R 113 and R 114 in formula (2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group, or a polyalkoxy group. Moreover, it is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferable that both of them contain a polymerizable group. It is also preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains two or more polymerizable groups. As a polymerizable group, it is a group which can carry out a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, a radical, etc., and a radically polymerizable group is preferable. Specific examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a methylol group, an oxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and a benzoyl group. azole group, blocked isocyanate group, amine group. As the radically polymerizable group of the polyamic acid ester, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, 2-methallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (for example, vinyl group) phenyl, etc.), (meth)acrylamido group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, group represented by the following formula (III), etc., the group represented by the following formula (III) is relatively good.

[化學式9]

Figure 02_image017
[Chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image017

式(III)中,R 200表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為較佳。 式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(III)中,R 201表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、伸環烷基或聚伸烷氧基。 較佳的R 201的例可舉出伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基等的伸烷基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、聚伸烷氧基,伸乙基、伸丙基等的伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、環己基、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,伸乙基、伸丙基等的伸烷基或聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指直接鍵結兩個以上的伸烷氧基而獲得之基團。聚伸烷氧基中所包含之複數個伸烷氧基中之伸烷基可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 在聚伸烷氧基包含伸烷基不同之複數種伸烷氧基之情況下,聚伸烷氧基中之伸烷氧基的排列可以為無規排列,亦可以為具有嵌段之排列,還可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(在伸烷基具有取代基之情況下,包含取代基的碳數)為2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為更進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳的取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中所包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)為2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚乙烯氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而獲得之基團為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而獲得之基團中,乙烯氧基與伸丙氧基可以無規排列,亦可以形成嵌段而排列,還可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中之乙烯氧基等重複數較佳態樣如上所述。 In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferred. In formula (III), * represents a bonding site with other structures. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, a cycloalkylene group or a polyalkeneoxy group. Examples of preferable R 201 include ethylidene, propylidene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, dodecylene and the like. Alkyl, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, -CH 2 CH(OH) CH 2 -, polyalkyleneoxy, ethylidene, propylidene, etc. alkylene, - CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, cyclohexyl, and polyalkeneoxy groups are more preferable, and alkylene groups such as ethylidene and propylidene groups or polyalkeneoxy groups are further preferable. In the present invention, the polyalkeneoxy group refers to a group obtained by directly bonding two or more alkaneoxy groups. The alkylene groups in the plural alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkeneoxy group may be the same or different, respectively. In the case where the polyalkeneoxy group contains a plurality of alkeneoxy groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkeneoxy groups in the polyalkeneoxy group may be random, or may be a block arrangement, Arrangements with alternating patterns are also possible. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group (in the case where the alkylene group has a substituent, the number of carbon atoms in the substituent group) is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6, and 2 to 5 2 to 4 are still more preferable, 2 or 3 are particularly preferable, and 2 is the most preferable. Moreover, the said alkylene group may have a substituent. As a preferable substituent, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, etc. are mentioned. Moreover, it is preferable that the number of alkeneoxy groups (the number of repetitions of polyalkeneoxy groups) contained in the polyalkeneoxy group is 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 6. From the viewpoints of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, the polyalkeneoxy group includes polyvinyloxy group, polypropeneoxy group, polytrimethyleneoxy group, polytetramethyleneoxy group, a plurality of vinyloxy groups and a plurality of A group obtained by bonding two propeneoxy groups is preferred, polyvinyloxy or polypropeneoxy is more preferred, and polyvinyloxy is further preferred. In the above-mentioned groups obtained by bonding a plurality of vinyloxy groups and a plurality of propeneoxy groups, the vinyloxy groups and the propeneoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged alternately, etc. patterned. Preferred embodiments of repeating numbers such as vinyloxy in these groups are as described above.

式(2)中,在R 113為氫原子之情況或在R 114為氫原子之情況下,聚醯胺酸酯可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹼。作為該種具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可舉出甲基丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基丙酯。 In the formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyamic acid ester may form a conjugate base with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. As an example of the tertiary amine compound which has such an ethylenically unsaturated bond, N,N- dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate is mentioned.

式(2)中,R 113及R 114中的至少一者可以為酸分解性基等極性轉換基。作為酸分解性基,只要為在酸的作用下分解而產生酚性羥基、羧基等鹼可溶性基者,則並無特別限定,但是縮醛基、縮酮基、甲矽烷基、甲矽烷基醚基、三級烷基酯基等為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,縮醛基或縮酮基為更佳。 作為酸分解性基的具體例,可舉出三級丁氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、四氫吡喃基、四氫呋喃基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基甲基、三甲基甲矽烷基、三級丁氧基羰基甲基、三甲基甲矽烷基醚基等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,乙氧基乙基或四氫呋喃基為較佳。 In formula (2), at least one of R 113 and R 114 may be a polarity converting group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group, but an acetal group, a ketal group, a silyl group, and a silyl ether A group, a tertiary alkyl ester group, etc. are preferable, and an acetal group or a ketal group is more preferable from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity. Specific examples of acid-decomposable groups include tertiary butoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethyl, and ethoxymethyl. group, trimethylsilyl group, tertiary butoxycarbonyl methyl group, trimethylsilyl ether group, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an ethoxyethyl group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group is preferable.

又,聚醯胺酸酯在結構中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯胺酸酯中的氟原子含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又20質量%以下為較佳。Moreover, it is also preferable that the polyamic acid ester has a fluorine atom in the structure. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyurethane is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or less.

又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯胺酸酯可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺,可舉出使用雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等之態樣。Moreover, in order to improve the adhesiveness with a board|substrate, a polyamide may be copolymerized with the aliphatic group which has a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine, an aspect in which bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, and the like are used can be mentioned.

由式(2)表示之重複單元為由式(2-A)表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,本發明中所使用之聚醯胺酸酯等中的至少一種為具有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由聚醯胺酸酯含有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元,能夠更加寬曝光寬容度的寬度。 式(2-A) [化學式10]

Figure 02_image019
式(2-A)中,A 1及A 2表示氧原子,R 111及R 112分別獨立地表示2價的有機基,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,R 113及R 114中的至少一者為包含聚合性基之基團,兩者含有聚合性基為較佳。 It is preferable that the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) is the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-A). That is, it is preferable that at least one of the polyamides and the like used in the present invention is a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). By containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-A) in the polyurethane, the width of the exposure latitude can be wider. Formula (2-A) [Chemical Formula 10]
Figure 02_image019
In formula (2-A), A 1 and A 2 represent an oxygen atom, R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, and R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, At least one of R 113 and R 114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and it is preferable that both of them contain a polymerizable group.

A 1、A 2、R 111、R 113及R 114的含義分別獨立地與式(2)中之A 1、A 2、R 111、R 113及R 114的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R 112的含義與式(5)中之R 112的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The meanings of A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 are the same as those of A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), and the preferred ranges are also the same. The meaning of R 112 is the same as that of R 112 in formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.

聚醯胺酸酯可以包含一種由式(2)表示之重複單元,亦可以包含兩種以上。又,亦可以包含由式(2)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,聚醯胺酸酯除了上述式(2)的重複單元以外,亦可以包含其他種類的重複單元,這是不言而喻的。Polyamic acid ester may contain 1 type of repeating unit represented by formula (2), and may contain 2 or more types. In addition, structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2) may also be included. Moreover, it goes without saying that a polyamide may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating unit of the above-mentioned formula (2).

作為本發明中的聚醯胺酸酯的一實施形態,可舉出由式(2)表示之重複單元的含量為所有重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述總含量為70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,超過90莫耳%為特佳。上述總含量的上限並無特別限定,除了末端之聚醯胺酸酯中的所有重複單元可以為由式(2)表示之重複單元。As one Embodiment of the polyamic acid ester in this invention, the content of the repeating unit represented by Formula (2) is 50 mol% or more of all repeating units or more. The above-mentioned total content is more preferably 70 mol % or more, more preferably 90 mol % or more, and particularly preferably more than 90 mol %. The upper limit of the above-mentioned total content is not particularly limited, except that all repeating units in the terminal polyamic acid ester may be repeating units represented by formula (2).

聚醯胺酸酯的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為2,000~40,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,進一步較佳為4,000~20,000。 上述聚醯胺酸酯的分子量的分散度為1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。聚醯胺酸酯的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,例如為7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度為利用重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量計算出之值。 又,當樹脂組成物作為特定樹脂含有複數種聚醯胺酸酯之情況下,至少1種聚醯胺酸酯的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍內為較佳。又,將上述複數種聚醯胺酸酯作為1個樹脂計算出之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyamic acid ester is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and further preferably 15,000 to 40,000. Moreover, as for the number average molecular weight (Mn), 2,000-40,000 are preferable, 3,000-30,000 are more preferable, 4,000-20,000 are still more preferable. The dispersity of the molecular weight of the polyamic acid ester is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, and even more preferably 2.0 or more. The upper limit value of the degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the polyamic acid ester is not particularly limited, but, for example, it is preferably 7.0 or less, more preferably 6.5 or less, and even more preferably 6.0 or less. In this specification, the dispersion degree of molecular weight is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight. Moreover, when the resin composition contains a plurality of polyamic acid esters as a specific resin, it is preferable that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion degree of at least one polyamic acid ester are within the above-mentioned ranges. Moreover, it is also preferable that the weight average molecular weight, the number average molecular weight, and the degree of dispersion calculated by using the above-mentioned plural types of polyamic acid esters as one resin are respectively within the above-mentioned ranges.

〔聚醯胺酸酯之製造方法〕 聚醯胺酸酯例如能夠利用如下方法來獲得:在低溫中使四羧酸二酐和二胺進行反應之方法、在低溫中使四羧酸二酐和二胺進行反應來獲得聚醯胺酸並且使用縮合劑或烷化劑進行酯化之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐及醇獲得二酯之後在縮合劑的存在下與二胺進行反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐及醇獲得二酯之後使用鹵化劑酸鹵化剩餘的二羧酸並且與二胺進行反應之方法等。上述製造方法中,藉由四羧酸二酐及醇獲得二酯之後使用鹵化劑酸鹵化剩餘的二羧酸並且與二胺進行反應之方法為更佳。 作為上述縮合劑,例如可舉出二環己基碳化二醯亞胺、二異丙基碳化二醯亞胺、1-乙氧基羰基-2-乙氧基-1,2-二羥基喹啉、1,1-羰基二氧基-二-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N,N’-二琥珀醯亞胺碳酸酯、三氟乙酸酐等。 作為上述烷化劑,可舉出N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二甲基縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二乙基縮醛、N,N-二烷基甲醯胺二烷基縮醛、原甲酸三甲酯、原甲酸三乙酯等。 作為上述鹵化劑,可舉出亞硫醯氯、草醯氯、氯氧化磷等。 在聚醯胺酸酯的製造方法中,進行反應時,使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠依據原料適當地確定,可例示吡啶、二甘醇二甲醚(二乙二醇二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、丙酸乙酯、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基甲醯胺、四氫呋喃、γ-丁內酯等。 在聚醯胺酸酯的製造方法中,進行反應時,添加鹼性化合物為較佳。鹼性化合物可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 鹼性化合物能夠依據原料適當地確定,可例示三乙胺、二異丙基乙胺、吡啶、1,8-二吖雙環[5.4.0]十一碳-7-烯、N,N-二甲基-4-胺基吡啶等。 [Manufacturing method of polyamide] The polyamic acid ester can be obtained, for example, by a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine at low temperature, and obtaining polyamic acid by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine at low temperature And the method of esterification using a condensing agent or an alkylating agent, the method of reacting with diamine in the presence of a condensing agent after obtaining a diester by tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol, and the method of using tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol A method in which the remaining dicarboxylic acid is acid-halogenated using a halogenating agent after obtaining the diester and reacted with a diamine, and the like. Among the above-mentioned production methods, a method in which the remaining dicarboxylic acid is acid-halogenated with a halogenating agent after obtaining a diester from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol and reacted with a diamine is more preferable. Examples of the above-mentioned condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroxyquinoline, 1,1-Carbonyldioxy-bis-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, trifluoroacetic anhydride, etc. As said alkylating agent, N,N- dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N,N- dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N,N-dialkylformamide can be mentioned Amine dialkyl acetal, trimethyl orthoformate, triethyl orthoformate, etc. As said halogenating agent, thionite chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphorus oxychloride, etc. are mentioned. In the manufacturing method of a polyamic acid ester, it is preferable to use an organic solvent at the time of reaction. The organic solvent may be one type or two or more types. The organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diglyme (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether), N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, and ethyl propionate. ester, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, γ-butyrolactone, etc. In the manufacturing method of a polyamic acid ester, it is preferable to add a basic compound at the time of reaction. The basic compound may be one type or two or more types. The basic compound can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazbicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, N,N-di Methyl-4-aminopyridine, etc.

-封端劑- 在製造聚醯胺酸酯的方法時,為了更加提高保存穩定性,在聚醯胺酸酯的樹脂末端密封殘留之羧酸酐、酸酐衍生物或者胺基為較佳。密封殘留於樹脂末端之羧酸酐及酸酐衍生物時,作為封端劑,可舉出單醇、苯酚、硫醇、苯硫酚、單胺等,從反應性、膜的穩定性考慮,使用單醇、苯酚類或單胺為更佳。作為一元醇的較佳的化合物,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、辛醇、十二醇、苯甲醇、2-苯基乙醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、2-氯甲醇、糠醇等一級醇、異丙醇、2-丁醇、環己醇、環戊醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等二級醇、三級丁醇、金剛烷醇等三級醇。作為酚類的較佳化合物,可舉出酚、甲氧基酚、甲基酚、萘-1-醇、萘-2-醇、羥基苯乙烯等酚類等。又,作為單胺的較佳的化合物,苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基酚、3-胺基酚、4-胺基酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚為較佳。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。 又,密封樹脂末端的胺基時,能夠用具有能夠與胺基反應的官能基之化合物進行密封。對胺基的較佳封端劑為羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物、羧酸溴化物、磺酸氯化物、磺酸酐、磺酸羧酸酐等為較佳,羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物為更佳。作為羧酸酐的較佳之化合物,可舉出乙酸酐、丙酸酐、草酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、苯甲酸酐、5-降莰冰片烯-2,3-二羧酸酐等。又,作為羧酸氯化物的較佳化合物,可舉出乙醯氯、丙烯醯氯、丙醯氯、甲基丙烯醯氯、新戊醯氯、環己烷甲醯氯、2-乙基己醯氯、桂皮醯氯、1-金剛烷甲醯氯、七氟丁醯氯、硬脂醯、苯甲醯氯等。 -Capping agent- In the method for producing a polyamic acid ester, in order to further improve the storage stability, it is preferable to seal the residual carboxylic acid anhydride, acid anhydride derivative, or amine group at the resin end of the polyamic acid ester. When sealing the carboxylic acid anhydride and acid anhydride derivative remaining at the resin end, as the end-capping agent, monoalcohol, phenol, thiol, thiophenol, monoamine, etc., are used. Alcohols, phenols or monoamines are more preferred. Preferable compounds of monohydric alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2- Primary alcohols such as chloromethanol, furfuryl alcohol, isopropanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclopentanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol and other secondary alcohols, tertiary butanol, adamantane alcohol and other tertiary alcohols grade alcohol. Preferable compounds of phenols include phenols such as phenol, methoxyphenol, methylphenol, naphthalene-1-ol, naphthalene-2-ol, and hydroxystyrene. Moreover, as the preferable compound of monoamine, aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-amino Naphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene Naphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene Naphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid , 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6- Dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, and 4-aminothiophenol are preferred. Two or more kinds of these may be used, and a plurality of different end groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of end-capping agents. Moreover, when sealing the amine group of a resin terminal, it can seal with the compound which has a functional group which can react with an amine group. The preferred end-capping agent for the amine group is carboxylic acid anhydride, carboxylic acid chloride, carboxylic acid bromide, sulfonic acid chloride, sulfonic acid anhydride, sulfonic acid carboxylic acid anhydride, etc., carboxylic acid anhydride, carboxylic acid chloride are more preferred . Preferable compounds of the carboxylic anhydride include acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, oxalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, 5-norbornene-2,3- Dicarboxylic anhydrides, etc. Moreover, as a preferable compound of the carboxylic acid chloride, acetyl chloride, acryl chloride, acryl chloride, methacryloyl chloride, neopentyl chloride, cyclohexane methyl chloride, 2-ethylhexyl chloride can be mentioned. Acyl chloride, cinnamon chloride, 1-adamantane methyl chloride, heptafluorobutane chloride, stearyl chloride, benzyl chloride, etc.

-固體析出- 在製造聚醯胺酸酯時,可以包括使固體析出之製程。具體而言,依據需要對反應液中共存之脫水縮合劑的吸水副產物進行過濾之後,將所獲得之聚合物成分投入於水、脂肪族低級醇或其混合液等的不良溶劑中,析出聚合物成分,藉此以固體形式析出,使其乾燥,藉此能夠獲得聚醯胺酸酯等。為了提高純化度,可以對聚醯胺酸酯等反覆進行再溶解、再沉澱析出、乾燥等的操作。另外,亦可以包括使用離子交換樹脂去除離子性雜質之步驟。 -Solid Precipitation- In the manufacture of the polyurethane, a process for precipitation of solids may be included. Specifically, after filtering the water-absorbing by-product of the dehydration condensing agent coexisting in the reaction liquid as necessary, the obtained polymer component is put into a poor solvent such as water, aliphatic lower alcohol, or a mixed solution thereof, and the polymerization is precipitated. A polycarbamic acid ester etc. can be obtained by precipitation as a solid material component, and it is made to dry by this. In order to improve the degree of purification, operations such as re-dissolution, re-precipitation, drying, etc. may be repeated with respect to the polyamic acid ester or the like. In addition, a step of removing ionic impurities using an ion exchange resin may also be included.

〔含量〕 本發明的樹脂組成物中之特定樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。又,本發明的樹脂組成物中之樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為更進一步較佳,95質量%以下為又更進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種特定樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。當包含2種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 〔content〕 The content of the specific resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20 mass % or more, more preferably 30 mass % or more, more preferably 40 mass % or more, and 50 mass % with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. The above is further preferred. Moreover, the content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5 mass % or less, more preferably 99 mass % or less, more preferably 98 mass % or less, and 97 mass % or less with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. % or less is still more preferable, and 95 mass % or less is still more preferable. The resin composition of this invention may contain only 1 type of specific resin, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

又,本發明的樹脂組成物含有至少2種樹脂亦較佳。 具體而言,本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有總計2種以上特定樹脂及後述之其他樹脂,可以含有2種以上特定樹脂,含有2種以上特定樹脂為較佳。 當本發明的樹脂組成物含有2種以上特定樹脂之情況下,例如含有聚醯胺酸酯且來自於二無水物之結構(在上述式(2)中之R 115)不同之2種以上的聚醯胺酸酯為較佳。 Moreover, it is also preferable that the resin composition of this invention contains at least 2 types of resin. Specifically, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a total of two or more specific resins and other resins described later, may contain two or more specific resins, and preferably contains two or more specific resins. When the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more kinds of specific resins, for example, it contains two or more kinds of polyamides which are derived from different structures (R 115 in the above formula (2)) of the two anhydrates. Polyurethane is preferred.

<其他樹脂> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含上述特定樹脂和與特定樹脂不同之其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”)。 作為其他樹脂,可舉出酚樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、包含聚矽氧烷、矽氧烷結構之樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺樹脂、胺酯樹脂、丁醛樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚酯樹脂等。 例如,藉由進一步加入(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,可以獲得塗佈性優異之樹脂組成物,又可以獲得耐溶劑性優異之圖案(硬化物)。 例如,代替後述聚合性化合物或除了後述聚合性化合物以外,將重量平均分子量為20,000以下的聚合性基值高的(例如,樹脂1g中之聚合性基的含有莫耳量為1×10 -3莫耳/g以上)(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂添加至樹脂組成物中,從而能夠提高樹脂組成物的塗佈性、圖案(硬化物)的耐溶劑性等。 <Other resins> The resin composition of the present invention may contain the above-mentioned specific resins and other resins different from the specific resins (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “other resins”). Examples of other resins include phenol resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, polysiloxanes, resins containing siloxane structures, (meth)acrylic resins, (meth)acrylic acid amide resins, and urethane resins , Butyral resin, styrene resin, polyether resin, polyester resin, etc. For example, by further adding a (meth)acrylic resin, a resin composition excellent in coatability can be obtained, and a pattern (hardened product) excellent in solvent resistance can be obtained. For example, instead of or in addition to the polymerizable compound described later, a polymerizable group having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less with a high polymerizable group value (for example, the molar content of the polymerizable group in 1 g of resin is 1 × 10 -3 ) molar/g or more) (meth)acrylic resin is added to the resin composition to improve the coatability of the resin composition, the solvent resistance of the pattern (hardened product), and the like.

在本發明的樹脂組成物包含其他樹脂之情況下,其他樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為更進一步較佳,5質量%以上為又更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再更進一步較佳。 又,本發明的樹脂組成物中之其他樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為更進一步較佳,50質量%以下為又更進一步較佳。 又,作為本發明的樹脂組成物的較佳的一態樣,亦能夠設為其他樹脂的含量為低含量之態樣。在上述態樣中,其他樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5量%以下為更進一步較佳,1質量%以下為又更進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,只要為0質量%以上即可。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種其他樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。當包含2種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. Preferably, 2 mass % or more is still more preferable, 5 mass % or more is still more preferable, and 10 mass % or more is still further preferable. In addition, the content of other resins in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80 mass % or less, more preferably 75 mass % or less, more preferably 70 mass % or less, and 60 mass % or less with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. It is still more preferable that it is not more than 50 mass %, and it is still more preferable that it is not more than 50 mass %. Moreover, as a preferable aspect of the resin composition of this invention, the aspect in which content of another resin is a low content can also be used. In the above aspect, the content of other resins is preferably 20 mass % or less, more preferably 15 mass % or less, more preferably 10 mass % or less, and 5 mass % or less with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. It is still more preferable, and 1 mass % or less is still more preferable. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0 mass % or more. The resin composition of this invention may contain only 1 type of other resin, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<化合物B> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有選自包括磷酸酯、磷酸酯醯胺及磷酸醯胺之群組中之1種以上的化合物B。 <Compound B> The resin composition of the present invention contains at least one compound B selected from the group consisting of phosphoric acid ester, phosphoric acid amide, and phosphoric acid amide.

本發明中,磷酸酯係指具有至少1個磷酸酯結構並且不具有磷酸醯胺結構之化合物。 本發明中,磷酸酯醯胺係指具有至少1個磷酸酯結構並且具有至少1個磷酸醯胺結構之化合物。 本發明中,磷酸醯胺係指具有至少1個磷酸醯胺結構並且不具有磷酸酯結構之化合物。 In the present invention, phosphoric acid ester refers to a compound having at least one phosphoric acid ester structure and no amide phosphate structure. In the present invention, phosphate amide refers to a compound having at least one phosphate ester structure and at least one phosphate amide structure. In the present invention, amide phosphate refers to a compound having at least one amide phosphate structure and no phosphate structure.

又,從耐藥品性、膜強度及解析度的觀點考慮,化合物B為含有聚合性基之化合物為較佳。 作為化合物B中所含有之聚合性基,可舉出自由基聚合性基、環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、㗁唑基等公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基、環氧基或烷氧基甲矽烷基為較佳,自由基聚合性基為更佳。 作為上述自由基聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基等,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為較佳。 又,作為上述烷氧基甲矽烷基,可以為單烷氧基甲矽烷基、二烷氧基甲矽烷基、三烷氧基甲矽烷基中的任一個,二烷氧基甲矽烷基或三烷氧基甲矽烷基為較佳,三烷氧基甲矽烷基為更佳。 上述烷氧基甲矽烷基中的烷氧基的碳數為1~10為較佳,1~4為更佳,1或2為進一步較佳,2為特佳。 Furthermore, from the viewpoints of chemical resistance, film strength, and resolution, it is preferable that the compound B is a polymerizable group-containing compound. As the polymerizable group contained in the compound B, a radical polymerizable group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, and a block can be mentioned. Well-known polymerizable groups such as an isocyanate group and an oxazolyl group are preferable, and a radically polymerizable group, an epoxy group or an alkoxysilyl group is preferable, and a radically polymerizable group is more preferable. As the above-mentioned radically polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable. Examples of groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, (meth)acrylamido, (meth)acryloyloxy, and the like, (meth)propylene Aryloxy is preferred. In addition, the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group may be any of a monoalkoxysilyl group, a dialkoxysilyl group, and a trialkoxysilyl group, a dialkoxysilyl group or a trialkoxysilyl group. Alkoxysilyl groups are preferred, and trialkoxysilyl groups are more preferred. The carbon number of the alkoxy group in the alkoxysilyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 2.

化合物B可以僅含有1個聚合性基,亦可以含有2個以上,從所獲得之硬化物的耐藥品性的觀點考慮,含有2個以上為較佳,含有2~10個為更佳,含有3~6個為進一步較佳。當化合物B含有2個以上的聚合性基之情況下,各個聚合性基的結構可以相同亦可以不同。 化合物B中的聚合性基的含量為0.0001~0.1mol/g為較佳,0.001~0.01mol/g為更佳。 Compound B may contain only one polymerizable group, or may contain two or more. From the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the cured product obtained, it is preferable to contain two or more, more preferably from 2 to 10, and it contains 3 to 6 are more preferable. When compound B contains two or more polymerizable groups, the structure of each polymerizable group may be the same or different. The content of the polymerizable group in the compound B is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, more preferably 0.001 to 0.01 mol/g.

化合物B含有由下述式(1)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式11]

Figure 02_image003
式(1)中,R 1、R 2及R 3分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1~20的1價的有機基,R 1、R 2及R 3中的至少1個為碳數1~20的1價的有機基,X 1、X 2及X 3分別獨立地為-O-或-NR N-,R N為氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1至20的1價的有機基。 Compound B preferably contains a compound represented by the following formula (1). [Chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image003
In formula (1), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least 1 of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 Each is a monovalent organic group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently -O- or -NR N -, and R N is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 20 which may have a substituent 20 monovalent organic group.

式(1)中,R 1、R 2及R 3分別獨立地為可以具有取代基之碳數1~20的1價的有機基為較佳。 R 1、R 2及R 3為不具有聚合性基的1價的有機基或含有聚合性基之1價的有機基為較佳,含有聚合性基之1價的有機基為較佳。 尤其,R 1、R 2及R 3中的至少1個為含有聚合性基之1價的有機基為較佳,至少2個為含有聚合性基之1價的有機基為更佳,3個全部為含有聚合性基之1價的有機基為進一步較佳。 當R 1、R 2及R 3中的至少1個為含有聚合性基之1價的有機基之情況下,其聚合性基的較佳態樣如作為上述化合物B中所含有之聚合性基的較佳態樣所記載。 尤其,R 1、R 2及R 3中的至少2個為自由基聚合性基之態樣為較佳,至少2個為自由基聚合性基之態樣為更佳,至少3個為自由基聚合性基之態樣為進一步較佳。 又,當R 1、R 2及R 3中的至少2個為含有聚合性基之1價的有機基之情況下,該等聚合性基可以相同亦可以不同。 作為含有聚合性基之1價的有機基之R 1、R 2或R 3為由下述式(P-1)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式12]

Figure 02_image022
式(P-1)中,L 1表示單鍵或m+1價的連接基,A 2表示聚合性基,m表示1以上的整數,*表示與X 1、X 2或X 3的鍵結部位。 式(P-1)中,L 1為單鍵或烴基、醚鍵、羰基、硫醚鍵、磺醯基、-NR N-或鍵結2個以上該等而成之基團為較佳,單鍵或烴基、醚鍵、羰基、-NR N-或鍵結2個以上該等而成之基團為更佳,藉由烴基或烴基與醚鍵的鍵結表示之基團為進一步較佳。 上述R N表示氫原子或烴基,氫原子、烷基或芳基為更佳,氫原子或烷基為進一步較佳,氫原子為特佳。 作為上述L 1中的烴基,碳數1~30的飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數6~30的芳香族烴基或藉由該等組合表示之基團為較佳,碳數1~10的飽和脂肪族烴基、從苯環去除2個以上的氫原子而成之基團或藉由該等鍵結表示之基團為更佳。 In formula (1), it is preferable that R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are preferably a monovalent organic group without a polymerizable group or a monovalent organic group containing a polymerizable group, and preferably a monovalent organic group containing a polymerizable group. In particular, at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is preferably a monovalent organic group containing a polymerizable group, more preferably at least two are a monovalent organic group containing a polymerizable group, and three It is more preferable that all of them are monovalent organic groups containing a polymerizable group. When at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is a monovalent organic group containing a polymerizable group, the preferred embodiment of the polymerizable group is as the polymerizable group contained in the above-mentioned compound B in the preferred form. In particular, at least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are preferably radically polymerizable groups, more preferably at least two are radically polymerizable groups, and at least three are radicals The aspect of the polymerizable group is further preferable. Furthermore, when at least two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are monovalent organic groups containing a polymerizable group, these polymerizable groups may be the same or different. R 1 , R 2 or R 3 as the monovalent organic group containing a polymerizable group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (P-1). [Chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image022
In formula (P-1), L 1 represents a single bond or an m+1-valent linking group, A 2 represents a polymerizable group, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and * represents a bond with X 1 , X 2 or X 3 part. In the formula (P-1), L 1 is preferably a single bond or a hydrocarbon group, an ether bond, a carbonyl group, a thioether bond, a sulfonyl group, -NR N - or a group formed by bonding two or more of them, A single bond or a hydrocarbon group, an ether bond, a carbonyl group, -NR N - or a group formed by bonding two or more of them is more preferable, and a group represented by the bond of a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group and an ether bond is even more preferable . The above R N represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is further preferable, and a hydrogen atom is particularly preferable. As the hydrocarbon group in the above-mentioned L 1 , a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group represented by a combination thereof is preferable, and a saturated aliphatic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. Hydrocarbon groups, groups obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a benzene ring, or groups represented by these bonds are more preferable.

式(P-1)中,A 2表示作為上述化合物B中所含有之聚合性基記載之聚合性基,較佳態樣亦相同。 In the formula (P-1), A 2 represents the polymerizable group described as the polymerizable group contained in the compound B above, and the preferred aspects are also the same.

式(P-1)中,m為1~15的整數為較佳,1~10的整數為更佳,1~5的整數為進一步較佳,1~3的整數為特佳,1為最佳。In formula (P-1), m is preferably an integer of 1 to 15, more preferably an integer of 1 to 10, further preferably an integer of 1 to 5, particularly preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and 1 is the most good.

該等之中,本發明中,m為1並且L 1為烴基、(聚)伸烷氧基或藉由該等組合表示之基團之態樣亦較佳。 作為上述烴基,伸烷基、2價的芳香族烴基或藉由該等組合表示之基團為較佳,伸烷基或伸苯基為更佳。 本說明書中,(聚)伸烷氧基係指伸烷氧基或聚伸烷氧基。又,在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指直接鍵結兩個以上的伸烷氧基而獲得之基團。聚伸烷氧基中所包含之複數個伸烷氧基中之伸烷基可以分別相同,亦可以不同。在聚伸烷氧基包含伸烷基不同之複數種伸烷氧基之情況下,聚伸烷氧基中之伸烷氧基的排列可以為無規排列,亦可以為具有嵌段之排列,還可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 作為上述伸烷基,碳數1~30的伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~20的伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~10的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為更佳,伸苯基或伸萘基為進一步較佳,伸苯基為特佳。 作為上述(聚)伸烷氧基中的伸烷基,碳數2~10的伸烷基為較佳,碳數2~4的伸烷基為更佳,伸乙基或伸丙基為更佳,伸乙基為進一步較佳。 又,聚伸烷氧基中所包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)為2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為特佳。 Among these, in the present invention, the aspect in which m is 1 and L 1 is a hydrocarbon group, a (poly)alkaneoxy group, or a group represented by a combination thereof is also preferable. As the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group, an alkylene group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a group represented by a combination thereof are preferable, and an alkylene group or a phenylene group is more preferable. In this specification, the (poly)alkeneoxy group refers to an alkeneoxy group or a polyalkeneoxy group. In addition, in the present invention, the polyalkeneoxy group refers to a group obtained by directly bonding two or more alkyleneoxy groups. The alkylene groups in the plural alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkeneoxy group may be the same or different, respectively. In the case where the polyalkeneoxy group contains a plurality of alkeneoxy groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkeneoxy groups in the polyalkeneoxy group may be random, or may be a block arrangement, Arrangements with alternating patterns are also possible. As the above-mentioned alkylene group, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. As the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, a phenylene extension or naphthylene group is further preferable, and a phenylene extension is particularly preferable . As the alkylene group in the above-mentioned (poly)alkeneoxy group, an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an ethylene group or a propylidene group is more preferable. Preferably, ethylidene is further preferred. Furthermore, the number of alkeneoxy groups contained in the polyalkeneoxy group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkeneoxy group) is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 5. 2 to 4 are particularly good.

該等之中,作為R 1、R 2或R 3,由下述式表示之基團為較佳,但是並不限定於該等。下述式中,*表示與式(1)中的X 1、X 2或X 3的鍵結部位,R分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,Et表示乙基,n表示重複數量,2~10為較佳。 [化學式13]

Figure 02_image024
Among these, as R 1 , R 2 or R 3 , a group represented by the following formula is preferable, but it is not limited to these. In the following formula, * represents a bonding site with X 1 , X 2 or X 3 in the formula (1), R independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, n represents the number of repetitions, and 2 to 10 is better. [Chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image024

不含有聚合性基之1價的有機基之R 1、R 2或R 3分別獨立地為碳數1~20的烴基或烴基、醚鍵、羰基、硫醚鍵、磺醯基、-NR N-或鍵結2個以上該等而成之基團為較佳,碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~20的芳香族烴基或碳數1~20的烷氧基烷基為更佳。 R 1 , R 2 or R 3 of the monovalent organic group not containing a polymerizable group is independently a hydrocarbon group or hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an ether bond, a carbonyl group, a thioether bond, a sulfonyl group, -NR N -Or a group formed by bonding two or more of these groups is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkoxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred. good.

式(1)中,從與樹脂的相容性的觀點考慮,X 1、X 2及X 3中的至少1個為-O-為較佳,至少2個為-O-為更佳,3個均為-O-為進一步較佳。 式(1)中,從耐藥品性的觀點考慮,X 1、X 2及X 3中的至少1個為-NR N-為較佳,至少2個為-NR N-為更佳,3個均為-NR N-為進一步較佳。 R N表示氫原子或碳數1~20的1價的有機基為較佳,表示氫原子或碳數1~20的烴基為更佳,表示氫原子為進一步較佳。又,式中R N為複數個之情況下,該等R N可以相同亦可以不同。 In formula (1), from the viewpoint of compatibility with the resin, at least one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is preferably -O-, more preferably at least two of them are -O-, and 3 It is further preferable that both are -O-. In formula (1), from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, at least one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is preferably -NR N -, more preferably at least two are -NR N -, and three are preferably Both are -NR N- , which is more preferable. R N is preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a hydrogen atom. In addition, when there are plural R Ns in the formula, these R Ns may be the same or different.

化合物B的分子量(當具有分子量分佈之情況下為重量平均分子量)為150~2000為較佳,200~1000為更佳。The molecular weight of Compound B (weight average molecular weight in the case of molecular weight distribution) is preferably 150-2000, more preferably 200-1000.

作為化合物B的具體例,可舉出2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基磷酸酯、二苯基-2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基磷酸酯、酸式磷氧基甲基丙烯酸乙酯、三(2-丁氧基乙基)磷酸酯、三乙基磷酸酯、三苯基磷酸酯或下述結構的化合物,但是並不限定於該等。 下述化學式中,Et表示乙基,n分別獨立地表示重複數量,2~10的整數為較佳。 [化學式14]

Figure 02_image026
Specific examples of compound B include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl phosphate, diphenyl-2-methacryloyloxyethyl phosphate, and acid phosphoroxyethyl methacrylate. , tris (2-butoxyethyl) phosphate, triethyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphate or compounds of the following structures, but not limited to these. In the following chemical formula, Et represents an ethyl group, and n each independently represents the number of repetitions, and an integer of 2 to 10 is preferable. [Chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image026

本發明的樹脂組成物相對於相對於樹脂100質量份含有0.01~20質量%的化合物B為較佳,含有0.1~10質量%為更佳,含有0.5~5質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以單獨含有1種化合物B,亦可以含有2種以上。 在包含2種以上之情況下,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains 0.01 to 20 mass % of compound B, more preferably 0.1 to 10 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 mass % with respect to 100 mass parts of resin. The resin composition of this invention may contain 1 type of compound B independently, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<溶劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、環狀烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、脲類、醇類等化合物。 <Solvent> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. As the solvent, any known solvent can be used. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfites, amides, ureas, and alcohols.

作為酯類,例如可舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等作為較佳者。Examples of esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, and ethyl butyrate. , butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, Ethoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc. )), alkyl 3-alkoxypropanoates (for example, methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, Ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), 2-alkoxypropionate alkyl esters (for example, 2-alkane Methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methyl propionate and 2-alkane Ethyl oxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate , ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate , dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc. are preferred.

作為醚類,例如可舉出乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、二乙二醇丁基甲基醚、三乙二醇二甲醚、四乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇二甲醚等作為較佳者。Examples of ethers include ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, and triethyl ether. Glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol Alcohol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether Ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether and the like are preferred.

作為酮類,例如可舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡聚糖酮、二氫葡聚糖酮等作為較佳者。Examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucan ketone, and dihydrodextran Sugar ketones and the like are preferred.

作為環狀烴類,例如可舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類作為較佳者。As cyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes, such as limonene, are mentioned as preferable ones, for example.

作為亞碸類,例如可舉出二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As the sulfites, for example, dimethyl sulfite is mentioned as a preferable one.

作為醯胺類,可舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-環己酯-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、N-甲醯基嗎啉、N-乙醯基嗎啉等作為較佳者。Examples of amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexylester-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylethyl acetate amide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutylamide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N , N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formylmorpholine, N-acetylmorpholine, etc. are preferred.

作為脲類,可舉出N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等作為較佳者。Preferable examples of the urea include N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and the like.

作為醇類,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、聚乙二醇單甲基醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單乙二醇單芐醚、乙二醇單乙二醇單苯基醚、甲基苯基甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及雙丙酮醇等。Examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methyl alcohol Oxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monodiethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropylene glycol monoethyl ether, Propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methyl benzyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, methyl amyl alcohol and diacetone alcohol, etc.

關於溶劑,從塗佈面性狀的改善等觀點考慮,混合2種以上之形態亦較佳。Regarding the solvent, from the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coating surface, etc., it is also preferable to mix two or more types.

在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、左旋葡聚糖酮、二氫葡聚糖酮中之一種溶劑或由2種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。併用二甲基亞碸和γ-丁內酯或併用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮和乳酸乙酯為特佳。In the present invention, selected from methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate Ester, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, gamma-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol Alcohol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, levoglucan ketone, dihydroglucan ketone, or a solvent consisting of two or more kinds Mixed solvents are preferred. It is particularly preferred to use dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone in combination or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate in combination.

從塗佈性的觀點考慮,將溶劑的含量設為本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為成為20~70質量%為更進一步較佳。關於溶劑含量,只要依據塗膜的所期望厚度和塗佈方法進行調節即可。From the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent is preferably set to an amount of 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 5 to 75% by mass of the total solid concentration of the resin composition of the present invention , it is more preferable to set it as an amount of 10-70 mass %, and it is still more preferable to set it as 20-70 mass %. The solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating film and the coating method.

本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅含有1種溶劑,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上的溶劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The resin composition of this invention may contain only 1 type of solvent, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, the total is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

〔聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有能夠藉由光和/或熱量引發聚合之聚合起始劑為較佳。本發明的樹脂組成物含有光聚合起始劑及熱聚合起始劑中的至少一者為較佳,尤其含有光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,亦可以為與光激勵之增感劑產生某些作用而生成活性自由基之活性劑。 [Polymerization initiator] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization initiator capable of initiating polymerization by light and/or heat. The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one of a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator, and particularly preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. Preferably, the photopolymerization initiator is a photoradical polymerization initiator. The photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. Moreover, it can also be an activator which produces|generates active free radicals by some action with the sensitizer of photoexcitation.

光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有1種在波長約240~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50L・mol -1・cm -1莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。關於化合物的莫耳吸光係數,能夠使用公知的方法來測定。例如,藉由紫外-可見光分光光度計(Varian Medical Systems, Inc.製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。 The photo-radical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L・mol -1 ・cm -1 in the wavelength range of about 240 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Medical Systems, Inc.) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基膦氧化物等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮等α-胺基酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等α-羥基酮化合物、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,可舉出日本特開2014-130173號公報的0065~0111段、日本專利第6301489號公報中所記載之化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019中所記載之過氧化物系光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/221177號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/110179號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-043864號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-044030號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-167313號公報中所記載之過氧化物系起始劑,該等內容亦被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compounds can be used. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazole skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, and hexaarylbis Oxime compounds such as imidazoles and oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, α-amino ketone compounds such as aminoacetophenone, α-hydroxyl groups such as hydroxyacetophenone Ketone compounds, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organoboron compounds, iron aromatic complexes, etc. For such details, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of JP 2016-027357 A and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, which are incorporated in the present specification. In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-130173, Paragraphs 0065 to 0111, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, and the compounds described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol.19, No.3, 2019 Peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-043864 The photopolymerization initiator described in Gazette No. 2019-044030, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-044030, and the peroxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-167313, These contents are also incorporated into this specification.

作為酮化合物,例如可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。市售品中,亦可較佳地使用KAYACURE-DETX-S(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of the ketone compound include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP 2015-087611 A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. Among the commercially available products, KAYACURE-DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.

在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中所記載之醯基氧化膦系起始劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。In one embodiment of the present invention, as the photo-radical polymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can be preferably used. More specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used. incorporated into this manual.

作為α-羥基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(產品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As the α-hydroxyketone-based starter, Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE- 2959, IRGACURE 127 (product name: all manufactured by BASF).

作為α-胺基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(產品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As the α-amino ketone-based starter, Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (all product names: BASF Corporation) can be used manufacture).

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦能夠使用極大吸收波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-191179 whose absorption maximum wavelength is matched to a light source with a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used, and the contents are incorporated in this specification.

作為醯基氧化膦系起始劑,可舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE-819或IRGACURE-TPO(產品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As an acyl phosphine oxide-based initiator, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide etc. are mentioned. In addition, Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE-819 or IRGACURE-TPO (product name: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.

作為茂金屬化合物,可例示IRGACURE-784、IRGACURE-784EG(均為BASF公司製造)、Keycure VIS 813(King Brother Chem製造)等。Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784, IRGACURE-784EG (all manufactured by BASF), Keycure VIS 813 (manufactured by King Brother Chem), and the like.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以更佳地舉出肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠更有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘裕度)較廣,並且亦作為光硬化促進劑而起作用,因此為特佳。As a photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound can be mentioned more preferably. By using the oxime compound, the exposure latitude can be improved more effectively. The oxime compound has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also functions as a photohardening accelerator, so it is particularly preferable.

作為肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)中所記載之化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中所記載之化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0038段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2013/167515號中所記載之化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compounds described in JP 2000-080068 A, and the compounds described in JP 2006-342166 A Compounds, compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), the compound described in JP 2000-066385 A, the compound described in JP 2004-534797, JP 2017-019766 A Compounds described, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/152153, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-198865 The compounds described in WO 2017/164127, the compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of WO 2017/164127, the compounds described in WO 2013/167515, etc., are incorporated in the present specification.

作為較佳的肟化合物,例如可舉出下述結構的化合物、3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。在本發明的樹脂組成物中,尤其使用肟化合物(肟系的光自由基聚合起始劑)作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。肟系光自由基聚合起始劑在分子內具有>C=N-O-C(=O)-的連接基。Examples of preferable oxime compounds include compounds having the following structures, 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-Propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1- Ketone, 2-Benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-Tosyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyl Oxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, etc. In the resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photoradical polymerization initiator) as the photoradical polymerization initiator. The oxime-based photo-radical polymerization initiator has a linking group >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image028
[Chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image028

市售品中,亦可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製造)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造、日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載之光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,亦能夠使用TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-305(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造)、ADEKA ARKLSNCI-730、NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLSNCI-930(ADEKA Corporation製造)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(DAITO CHEMIX Co.,Ltd.製造)、SpeedCure PDO(SARTOMER ARKEMA製造)。又,亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式16]

Figure 02_image030
Among the commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (the above are manufactured by BASF Corporation), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-014052) can also be preferably used. Photo-radical polymerization initiator 2) described in Gazette No. In addition, TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by Changzhou Trolly New Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), ADEKA ARKLSNCI-730, NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLSNCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can also be used. In addition, DFI-091 (manufactured by DAITO CHEMIX Co., Ltd.) and SpeedCure PDO (manufactured by SARTOMER ARKEMA) can be used. Moreover, the oxime compound of the following structure can also be used. [Chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image030

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中所記載之化合物、日本專利06636081號中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。As a photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a perylene ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a perylene ring include the compound described in JP 2014-137466 A and the compound described in JP 06636081, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有咔唑環中的至少一個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound having at least one benzene ring in a carbazole ring serving as a skeleton of a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

又,亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中所記載之化合物(C-3)等,該內容被編入本說明書中。Moreover, the oxime compound which has a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP 2014-500852 A, and JP 24-500852 A. The compound (C-3) and the like described in paragraph 0101 of Unexamined Publication No. 2013-164471 are incorporated into the present specification.

作為光聚合起始劑,能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。將具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的0031~0047段、日本特開2014-137466號公報的0008~0012、0070~0079段中所記載之化合物、日本專利4223071號公報的0007~0025段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為具有硝基之肟化合物,亦可舉出ADEKA ARKLSNCI-831(ADEKA Corporation製造)。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferable to use the oxime compound having a nitro group as a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A and 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A , The compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, the contents of which are incorporated into the present specification. Moreover, ADEKA ARKLSNCI-831 (made by ADEKA Corporation) can also be mentioned as an oxime compound which has a nitro group.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開第2015/036910號中所記載之OE-01~OE-75。As a photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用在咔唑骨架鍵結有具有羥基之取代基之肟化合物。作為該等光聚合起始劑可舉出國際公開第2019/088055號中所記載之化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. As these photopolymerization initiators, the compounds and the like described in International Publication No. WO 2019/088055 can be mentioned, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有在芳香族環導入拉電子基團而成之芳香族環基Ar OX1之肟化合物(以下,亦稱為肟化合物OX)。作為上述芳香族環基Ar OX1所具有之拉電子基團,可舉出醯基、硝基、三氟甲基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、氰基,醯基及硝基為較佳,從容易形成耐光性優異之膜之理由考慮,醯基為更佳,苯甲醯基為進一步較佳。苯甲醯基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烯基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、醯基或胺基為較佳,烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基或胺基為更佳,烷氧基、烷基硫基或胺基為進一步較佳。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound (hereinafter, also referred to as an oxime compound OX) having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron withdrawing group is introduced into an aromatic ring can also be used. Examples of the electron withdrawing group possessed by the above-mentioned aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, An arylsulfonyl group, a cyano group, an acyl group, and a nitro group are preferable, and an acyl group is more preferable, and a benzyl group is still more preferable, because it is easy to form a film having excellent light resistance. The benzyl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclicoxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group , amide group or amine group is preferred, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group or amine group are more preferred, alkoxy group, alkyl group A thio group or an amine group is further preferred.

肟化合物OX為選自由式(OX1)表示之化合物及由式(OX2)表示之化合物中之至少1種為較佳,由式(OX2)表示之化合物為更佳。 [化學式17]

Figure 02_image032
式中,R X1表示烷基、烯基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯基、醯氧基、胺基、膦醯基、胺甲醯基或胺磺醯基, R X2表示烷基、烯基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯氧基或胺基, R X3~R X14分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 其中,R X10~R X14中的至少一個為拉電子基團。 The oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (OX1) and the compound represented by the formula (OX2), and more preferably the compound represented by the formula (OX2). [Chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image032
In the formula, R X1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclicoxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an aryl group sulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, yl group, yloxy group, amino group, phosphinyl group, carbamoyl group or sulfamoyl group, R X2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group , alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl , an arylsulfonyl group, an aryloxy group or an amine group, and R X3 to R X14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Wherein, at least one of R X10 to R X14 is an electron withdrawing group.

上述式中,R X12為拉電子基團,R X10、R X11、R X13、R X14為氫原子為較佳。 In the above formula, R X12 is an electron withdrawing group, and R X10 , R X11 , R X13 and R X14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.

作為肟化合物OX的具體例,可舉出日本專利第4600600號公報的0083~0105段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

作為最佳的肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2007-269779號公報中所示之具有特定取代基之肟化合物或日本特開2009-191061號公報中所示之具有硫基芳基之肟化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the optimum oxime compound, the oxime compound having a specific substituent shown in JP-A No. 2007-269779 or the oxime compound having a thioaryl group described in JP-A No. 2009-191061 can be mentioned. etc., the contents are incorporated into this specification.

從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑為選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯基-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物之群組中之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photo-radical polymerization initiator is selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltrisium compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl groups Phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadienyl - Compounds in the group of benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred.

進一步較佳的光自由基聚合起始劑為三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為更進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為又更進一步較佳。Further preferred photo-radical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyltriazole compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, Onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds, selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyltriazole compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, dibenzoyl It is still more preferable to use at least one compound in the group of ketone compounds, and it is still more preferable to use a metallocene compound or an oxime compound.

又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮(Michler’s ketone))等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮,2-苄基-2-二甲胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環縮環而形成之醌類、安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,亦能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。In addition, as the photoradical polymerization initiator, N, N,N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), etc. can also be used. ,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone-1, Aromatic ketones such as 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinyl-acetone-1, quinones formed by condensed with aromatic rings such as alkyl anthraquinones, benzoin Benzoin ether compounds such as alkyl ethers, benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkyl benzoin, benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal, and the like. Moreover, the compound represented by following formula (I) can also be used.

[化學式18]

Figure 02_image034
[Chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image034

式(I)中,R I00為碳數1~20的烷基、藉由1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基或碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、經藉由1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及碳數1~4的烷基中的至少一個取代的苯基或聯苯基,R I01為由式(II)表示之基團或為與R I00相同的基團,R I02~R I04分別獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素原子。 In formula (I), R I00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or C1-20 alkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, halogen atom, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, C2-12 alkenyl, interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms A phenyl group or biphenyl group substituted with at least one of an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R I01 is a group represented by formula (II) or the same as R I00 In the group, R I02 to R I04 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbons, or a halogen atom.

[化學式19]

Figure 02_image036
[Chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image036

式中,R I05~R I07與上述式(I)的R I02~R I04相同。 In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 of the above formula (I).

又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. WO 2015/125469 can also be used as the photo-radical polymerization initiator, and the contents are incorporated in this specification.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦可以使用2官能或者3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑。藉由使用該等光自由基聚合起始劑,由光自由基聚合起始劑的一個分子產生2個以上的自由基,因此可獲得良好的靈敏度。又,在使用非對稱結構的化合物之情況下,結晶性下降而在溶劑等中的溶解性得到提高,隨時間而變得難以析出,從而能夠提高樹脂組成物的經時穩定性。作為2官能或者3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑的具體例,可舉出日本特表2010-527339號公報、日本特表2011-524436號公報、國際公開第2015/004565號、日本特表2016-532675號公報的0407~0412段、國際公開第2017/033680號的0039~0055段中所記載之肟化合物的二聚體、日本特表2013-522445號公報中所記載之化合物(E)及化合物(G)、國際公開第2016/034963號中所記載之Cmpd1~7、日本特表2017-523465號公報的0007段中所記載之肟酯類光起始劑、日本特開2017-167399號公報的0020~0033段中所記載之光起始劑、日本特開2017-151342號公報的0017~0026段中所記載之光聚合起始劑(A)、日本專利第6469669號公報中所記載之肟酯光起始劑等,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or more photoradical polymerization initiator can also be used. By using these photoradical polymerization initiators, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, and precipitation becomes difficult with time, and the temporal stability of the resin composition can be improved. Specific examples of the bifunctional or trifunctional or more than trifunctional photo-radical polymerization initiators include JP 2010-527339 A, JP 2011-524436 A, WO 2015/004565, JP 2011-524436 Dimers of oxime compounds described in paragraphs 0407 to 0412 of Table 2016-532675, paragraphs 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compounds (E ) and compound (G), Cmpd1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester-based photoinitiators described in paragraph 0007 of JP 2017-523465 A, JP 2017- The photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 167399, the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2017-151342, and Japanese Patent No. 6469669 The described oxime ester photoinitiator etc., the content is incorporated in this specification.

在包含光聚合起始劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,更進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上的光聚合起始劑之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 另外,由於有時光聚合起始劑亦作為熱聚合起始劑而發揮功能,因此有時藉由烘箱或加熱板等的加熱進而進行基於光聚合起始劑之交聯。 When a photopolymerization initiator is contained, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and further preferably 0.5 to 30 mass % with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. 15 mass %, more preferably 1.0 to 10 mass %. Only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types of photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range. In addition, since the photopolymerization initiator may also function as a thermal polymerization initiator, crosslinking by the photopolymerization initiator may be further performed by heating in an oven, a hot plate, or the like.

〔增感劑〕 樹脂組成物可以含有增感劑。增感劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激勵狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感劑與熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引發化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為能夠使用的增感劑,能夠使用二苯甲酮系、米其勒酮系、氧雜萘鄰酮系、吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯并吡唑次甲基偶氮系、口山口星系、酞菁系、苯并哌喃系、靛藍系等化合物。 作為增感劑,例如可舉出米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲胺基亞苄基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲胺基苯基亞聯苯基)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基亞乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基亞乙烯基)異萘并噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素(7-(二乙胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯)、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯基二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-嗎啉基二苯甲酮、二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯基)萘并(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯基乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 又,可以使用其他敏化色素。 關於敏化色素的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。 [Sensitizer] The resin composition may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in the electronically excited state contacts with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, etc. to produce electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation. Thereby, the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photo-radical polymerization initiator are decomposed by chemical change and generate radicals, acids or bases. As sensitizers that can be used, benzophenone-based, Michler's ketone-based, oxaphthalone-based, pyrazoleazo-based, anilinoazo-based, triphenylmethane-based, and anthraquinone-based sensitizers can be used , anthracene series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxonol series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole methine Azo series, Kouyamaguchi galaxy, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series and other compounds. Examples of sensitizers include Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane Alkane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4 ,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminobenzylidene indanone, p-dimethylamine benzylidene indanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylidene)benzothiazole, 2-( p-Dimethylaminophenylvinylidene) isonaphthothiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene) base) acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-di Methylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7- Diethylaminocoumarin (ethyl 7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylate), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p- Tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-morpholinobenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 1- Phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzothiazole, 2 -(p-dimethylaminostyryl)naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetamide, benzalaniline, N-methylacetanilide, 3',4'-dimethylacetanilide, etc. In addition, other sensitizing dyes can be used. Details of the sensitizing dye can be referred to the descriptions in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP 2016-027357 A, which are incorporated in the present specification.

在樹脂組成物包含增感劑之情況下,增感劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。When the resin composition contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. for further better. A sensitizer may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。關於鏈轉移劑,例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中被定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如可使用在分子內具有-S-S-、-SO 2-S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物群組、用於RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer,可逆加成碎斷鏈轉移)聚合之具有硫代羰基硫基之二硫代苯甲酸、三硫碳酸酯、二硫胺基甲酸酯、黃原酸酯化合物等。該等對低活性自由基供給氫而生成自由基或者在被氧化之後可以藉由去質子來生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。 [Chain Transfer Agent] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Regarding the chain transfer agent, it is defined, for example, in pages 683-684 of the Polymer Dictionary, 3rd edition (edited by The Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005). As the chain transfer agent, for example, a group of compounds having -SS-, -SO 2 -S-, -NO-, SH, PH, SiH and GeH in the molecule can be used. Addition fragmentation chain scission transfer) polymerized dithiobenzoic acid, trithiocarbonate, dithiocarbamate, xanthate compound with thiocarbonylthio group. These can generate free radicals by supplying hydrogen to less reactive radicals or by deprotonation after being oxidized. In particular, a thiol compound can be preferably used.

又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, as the chain transfer agent, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. WO 2015/199219 can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

在本發明的樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑之情況下,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份為0.01~20質量份為較佳,0.1~10質量份為更佳,0.5~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在鏈轉移劑為2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention has a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention More preferably, 0.5-5 mass parts is more preferable. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more types of chain transfer agents, the total is preferably within the above range.

〔光酸產生劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有光酸產生劑為較佳。 光酸產生劑表示藉由200nm~900nm的光照射而產生布忍斯特酸及路易斯酸中的至少一者之化合物。所照射之光較佳為波長300nm~450nm的光,更佳為330nm~420nm的光。在單獨使用光酸產生劑或與增感劑的併用時,能夠藉由感光而產生酸的光酸產生劑為較佳。 作為所產生之酸的例子,可較佳地舉出鹵化氫、羧酸、磺酸、亞磺酸、硫代亞磺酸、磷酸、磷酸單酯、磷酸二酯、硼衍生物、磷衍生物、銻衍生物、過氧化鹵素、磺醯胺等。 [Photoacid generator] It is preferable that the resin composition of this invention contains a photoacid generator. The photoacid generator represents a compound that generates at least one of a Brynster acid and a Lewis acid by irradiation with light of 200 nm to 900 nm. The light to be irradiated is preferably light having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, more preferably light having a wavelength of 330 nm to 420 nm. When a photoacid generator is used alone or in combination with a sensitizer, a photoacid generator capable of generating an acid by exposure to light is preferred. Preferable examples of the acid to be generated include hydrogen halide, carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid, sulfinic acid, thiosulfinic acid, phosphoric acid, phosphoric acid monoester, phosphoric acid diester, boron derivatives, and phosphorus derivatives , Antimony derivatives, halogen peroxide, sulfonamides, etc.

作為本發明的樹脂組成物中所使用之光酸產生劑,例如可舉出醌二疊氮化合物、肟磺酸鹽化合物、有機鹵化化合物、有機硼酸鹽化合物、二碸化合物、鎓鹽化合物等。 從靈敏度、保存穩定性的觀點考慮,有機鹵素化合物、肟磺酸鹽化合物、鎓鹽化合物為較佳,從所形成之膜的機械特性等考慮,肟酯為較佳。 As a photoacid generator used for the resin composition of this invention, a quinonediazide compound, an oxime sulfonate compound, an organic halogen compound, an organic borate compound, a dioxane compound, an onium salt compound etc. are mentioned, for example. From the viewpoints of sensitivity and storage stability, organohalogen compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, and onium salt compounds are preferred, and oxime esters are preferred from the viewpoint of mechanical properties of the formed film.

作為醌二疊氮化合物,可舉出醌二疊氮的磺酸酯鍵於1價或多元的羥基化合物而獲得者,醌二疊氮的磺酸磺醯胺鍵於1價或多元的胺化合物而獲得者,醌二疊氮的磺酸酯鍵和/或磺醯胺鍵於聚羥基聚胺化合物而獲得者等。該等聚羥基化合物、聚胺基化合物、聚羥基聚胺基化合物的所有官能基可以未經醌二疊氮取代,但是進行平均而官能基整體的40莫耳%以上經醌二疊氮取代為較佳。藉由含有該種醌二疊氮化合物,能夠獲得對作為通常的紫外線之水銀燈的i射線(波長365nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、g射線(波長436nm)進行感光之樹脂組成物。Examples of the quinonediazide compound include a sulfonic acid ester of quinonediazide bonded to a monovalent or polyvalent hydroxy compound, and a sulfonic acid sulfonamide bond of quinonediazide to a monovalent or multivalent amine compound. On the other hand, those obtained are those obtained by the sulfonate bond of quinonediazide and/or the sulfonamide bond to the polyhydroxypolyamine compound. All functional groups of these polyhydroxy compounds, polyamine compounds, and polyhydroxy polyamine compounds may not be substituted with quinonediazide, but on average, more than 40 mol% of the total functional groups are substituted with quinonediazide as better. By containing such a quinonediazide compound, it is possible to obtain a resin composition that is sensitive to i-rays (wavelength 365 nm), h-rays (wavelength 405 nm), and g-rays (wavelength 436 nm) of a mercury lamp, which are normal ultraviolet rays.

作為羥基化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出酚、三羥基二苯甲酮、4甲氧基酚、異丙醇、辛醇、三級丁醇、環己醇、萘酚、Bis-Z、BisP-EZ、TekP-4HBPA、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、TrisP-SA、TrisOCR-PA、BisOCHP-Z、BisP-MZ、BisP-PZ、BisP-IPZ、BisOCP-IPZ、BisP-CP、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P、BisP-OCHP、亞甲基三-FR-CR、BisRS-26X、DML-MBPC、DML-MBOC、DML-OCHP、DML-PCHP、DML-PC、DML-PTBP、DML-34X、DML-EP、DML-POP、二羥甲基-BisOC-P、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-MTrisPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-BP、TML-HQ、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPA、TMOM-BP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP(以上為產品名,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、BIR-OC、BIP-PC、BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-PCHP、BIP-BIOC-F、4PC、BIR-BIPC-F、TEP-BIP-A、46DMOC、46DMOEP、TM-BIP-A(以上為產品名,ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製造)、2,6-二甲氧基甲基-4-三級丁基酚、2,6-二甲氧基甲基-對甲酚、2,6-二乙醯氧基甲基-對甲酚、萘酚、四羥基二苯甲酮、沒食子酸甲基酯、雙酚A、雙酚E、亞甲基雙酚、BisP-AP(產品名,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、酚醛清漆樹脂等,但是並不限定於該等。Specific examples of the hydroxy compound include phenol, trihydroxybenzophenone, 4-methoxyphenol, isopropanol, octanol, tertiary butanol, cyclohexanol, naphthol, Bis-Z, and BisP. -EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, TrisP-SA, TrisOCR-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP-CP, BisRS-2P , BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, Methylenetri-FR-CR, BisRS-26X, DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML-PC, DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, Dihydroxymethyl-BisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-BP, TML-HQ, TML-pp-BPF , TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP (product names above, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BIR-OC, BIP-PC, BIR-PC, BIR-PTBP, BIR -PCHP, BIP-BIOC-F, 4PC, BIR-BIPC-F, TEP-BIP-A, 46DMOC, 46DMOEP, TM-BIP-A (the above are product names, manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), 2,6-Dimethyl Oxymethyl-4-tertiary butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diacetoxymethyl-p-cresol, naphthol, tetrahydroxydiol Benzophenone, methyl gallate, bisphenol A, bisphenol E, methylene bisphenol, BisP-AP (product name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), novolak resin, etc., but It is not limited to these.

作為胺基化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出苯胺、甲基苯胺、二乙胺、丁胺、1,4-伸苯基二胺、1,3-伸苯基二胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚等,但是並不限定於該等。Specific examples of the amine compound include aniline, methylaniline, diethylamine, butylamine, 1,4-phenylenediamine, 1,3-phenylenediamine, 4,4'- Diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, etc., but not limited to such.

又,作為聚羥基聚胺基化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、3,3’-二羥基聯苯胺等,但是並不限定於該等。Moreover, specific examples of the polyhydroxypolyamine compound include 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 3,3'-dihydroxybenzidine, and the like, but It is not limited to these.

在該等之中,包含酚化合物及與4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基的酯作為醌二疊氮化合物為較佳。藉此,能夠獲得對i射線曝光之更高的靈敏度和更高的解析度。Among these, it is preferable to contain a phenol compound and an ester with a 4-naphthoquinonediazidesulfonyl group as the quinonediazide compound. Thereby, higher sensitivity and higher resolution to i-ray exposure can be obtained.

本發明的樹脂組成物中所使用之醌二疊氮化合物的含量相對於樹脂100質量份為1~50質量份為較佳,10~40質量份為更佳。藉由將醌二疊氮化合物的含量設在該範圍內,可以獲得曝光部和未曝光部的對比度,從而能夠實現更高靈敏度化,因此為較佳。進而,可以依據需要添加增感劑等。The content of the quinonediazide compound used in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin. By setting the content of the quinonediazide compound within this range, the contrast between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion can be obtained, and thus higher sensitivity can be achieved, which is preferable. Furthermore, a sensitizer etc. can be added as needed.

光酸產生劑為包含肟磺酸鹽基之化合物(以下,亦簡稱為“肟磺酸鹽化合物”)為較佳。 肟磺酸鹽化合物只要具有肟磺酸鹽基,則並無特別限制,但是由下述式(OS-1)、後述式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。 The photoacid generator is preferably a compound containing an oxime sulfonate group (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "oxime sulfonate compound"). The oxime sulfonate compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an oxime sulfonate group, but is represented by the following formula (OS-1), formula (OS-103), formula (OS-104) or formula (OS-105) ) represented by oxime sulfonate compounds are preferred.

[化學式20]

Figure 02_image038
[Chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image038

式(OS-1)中,X 3表示烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子。在存在複數個X 3之情況下,分別可以相同,亦可以不同。上述X 3中之烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基。作為上述X 3中之烷基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基為較佳。作為上述X 3中之烷氧基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷氧基為較佳。作為上述X 3中之鹵素原子,氯原子或氟原子為較佳。 式(OS-1)中,m3表示0~3的整數,0或1為較佳。在m3為2或3時,複數個X 3可以相同亦可以不同。 式(OS-1)中,R 34表示烷基或芳基,碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、可以經W取代的苯基、可以經W取代的萘基或可以經W取代的蒽基為較佳。W表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基或碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數6~20的鹵化芳基。 In formula (OS-1), X 3 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom. When a plurality of X 3 exist, they may be the same or different. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group in the above-mentioned X 3 may have a substituent. As the alkyl group in the above-mentioned X 3 , a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. As the alkoxy group in the above-mentioned X 3 , a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. As the halogen atom in the above-mentioned X 3 , a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferable. In formula (OS-1), m3 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and 0 or 1 is preferable. When m3 is 2 or 3, a plurality of X3 may be the same or different. In formula (OS-1), R 34 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The halogenated alkoxy group of 5, the phenyl group which may be substituted with W, the naphthyl group which may be substituted with W, or the anthracenyl group which may be substituted with W are preferred. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. , an aryl group with a carbon number of 6-20, a halogenated aryl group with a carbon number of 6-20.

式(OS-1)中,m3為3,X 3為甲基,X 3的取代位置為鄰位,R 34為碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基、7,7-二甲基-2-氧代降崁基甲基或對甲苯基的化合物為特佳。 In formula (OS-1), m3 is 3 , X3 is a methyl group, the substitution position of X3 is an ortho position, and R34 is a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl- Compounds of 2-oxonorkanylmethyl or p-tolyl are particularly preferred.

作為由式(OS-1)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0064~0068段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0158~0167段中所記載之以下化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by the formula (OS-1) include those in paragraphs 0064 to 0068 of JP 2011-209692 A and 0158 to 0167 in JP 2015-194674 A. The following compounds are described, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

[化學式21]

Figure 02_image040
[Chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image040

式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,R s1表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,有時存在複數個之R s2分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,有時存在複數個之R s6分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、磺酸基、胺基磺醯基或烷氧基磺醯基,Xs表示O或S,ns表示1或2,ms表示0~6的整數。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由R s1表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)或雜芳基(碳數4~30為較佳)在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有公知的取代基。 In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), R s1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and sometimes there are plural R s2 which independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen Atom, sometimes there are plural R s6 each independently represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group or an alkoxysulfonyl group, Xs represents O or S, and ns represents 1 Or 2, ms represents an integer from 0 to 6. In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), an alkyl group (preferably with a carbon number of 1-30), an aryl group (preferably with a carbon number of 6-30) or a heteroaryl group represented by R s1 ( It is preferable to have 4 to 30 carbon atoms) within a range in which the effects of the present invention can be obtained, and may have a known substituent.

式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,R s2為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳)或芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。在化合物中有時存在兩個以上之R s2中,一個或兩個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為較佳,一個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為更佳,一個為烷基且其餘為氫原子為特佳。由R s2表示之烷基或芳基在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有公知的取代基。 式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)中,Xs表示O或S,O為較佳。上述式(OS-103)~(OS-105)中,包含Xs作為環員之環為5員環或6員環。 In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), R s2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably with a carbon number of 1-12) or an aryl group (preferably with a carbon number of 6-30), A hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable. Among the two or more R s2 sometimes present in the compound, one or two are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, one is an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, more preferably, one is an alkyl group and It is particularly preferred that the remainder be hydrogen atoms. The alkyl group or aryl group represented by R s2 may have a known substituent within a range in which the effects of the present invention can be obtained. In formula (OS-103), formula (OS-104) or formula (OS-105), Xs represents O or S, and O is preferred. In the above formulae (OS-103) to (OS-105), the ring including Xs as a ring member is a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.

式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ns表示1或2,在Xs為O之情況下,ns為1為較佳,又在Xs為S之情況下,ns為2為較佳。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由R s6表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)及烷氧基(碳數1~30為較佳)可以具有取代基。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ms表示0~6的整數,0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳,0為特佳。 In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), ns represents 1 or 2. When Xs is O, ns is preferably 1, and when Xs is S, ns is 2. good. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by R s6 may have a substituent . In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), ms represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.

又,由上述式(OS-103)表示之化合物為由下述式(OS-106)、式(OS-110)或式(OS-111)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-104)表示之化合物為由下述式(OS-107)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-105)表示之化合物為由下述式(OS-108)或式(OS-109)表示之化合物為特佳。 [化學式22]

Figure 02_image042
In addition, the compound represented by the above formula (OS-103) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-106), formula (OS-110) or formula (OS-111), and the compound represented by the above formula (OS- 104) The compound represented by the following formula (OS-107) is particularly preferred, and the compound represented by the above formula (OS-105) is the following formula (OS-108) or formula (OS-109) The compounds indicated are particularly preferred. [Chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image042

式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t1表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,R t7表示氫原子或溴原子,R t8表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,R t9表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,R t2表示氫原子或甲基。 式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t7表示氫原子或溴原子,氫原子為較佳。 In formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, and R t8 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkane having 1 to 8 carbon atoms group, halogen atom, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, bromoethyl, methoxymethyl, phenyl or chlorophenyl, R t9 represents hydrogen atom, halogen atom, methyl or methoxy group, R t2 represents hydrogen atom or methyl group. In the formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, preferably a hydrogen atom.

式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t8表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子或苯基為較佳,碳數1~8的烷基為更佳,碳數1~6的烷基為進一步較佳,甲基為特佳。 In formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, and a methoxymethyl group , phenyl or chlorophenyl, preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or a phenyl group, preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms , methyl is particularly good.

式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,R t9表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,氫原子為較佳。 R t2表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟的立體結構(E,Z),可以為其中任一者,亦可以為混合物。 作為由上述式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0088~0095段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0168~0194段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 In the formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable. R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. Moreover, in the said oxime sulfonate compound, about the three-dimensional structure (E, Z) of an oxime, either may be sufficient as it, and a mixture may be sufficient as it. Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the above formulae (OS-103) to (OS-105) include paragraphs 0088 to 0095 of JP 2011-209692 A and JP 2015-194674 A. The compounds described in paragraphs 0168 to 0194 of the official gazette are incorporated into the present specification.

作為包含至少一個肟磺酸鹽基之肟磺酸鹽化合物的較佳的其他態樣,可舉出由下述式(OS-101)、式(OS-102)表示之化合物。As another preferable aspect of the oxime sulfonate compound which contains at least one oxime sulfonate group, the compound represented by following formula (OS-101) and formula (OS-102) is mentioned.

[化學式23]

Figure 02_image044
[Chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image044

式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,R u9表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烷氧羰基、醯基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺基、氰基、芳基或雜芳基。R u9為氰基或芳基之態樣為更佳,R u9為氰基、苯基或萘基之態樣為進一步較佳。 式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,R u2a表示烷基或芳基。 式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Xu表示-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NR u5-、-CH 2-、-CR u6H-或CR u6R u7-,R u5~R u7分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。 In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), R u9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group , cyano, aryl or heteroaryl. The aspect in which R u9 is a cyano group or an aryl group is more preferable, and the aspect in which R u9 is a cyano group, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is further preferable. In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), R u2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), Xu represents -O-, -S-, -NH-, -NR u5 -, -CH 2 -, -CR u6 H- or CR u6 R u7 - , R u5 to R u7 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.

式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,R u1~R u4分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、胺基、烷氧羰基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、醯胺基、磺基、氰基或芳基。R u1~R u4中的兩個分別可以相互鍵結而形成環。此時,環可以進行縮環而與苯環一同形成縮合環。作為R u1~R u4,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基為較佳,又R u1~R u4中的至少兩個相互鍵結而形成芳基之態樣亦較佳。其中,R u1~R u4均為氫原子之態樣為較佳。上述取代基均還可以具有取代基。 In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), R u1 to R u4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkylcarbonyl group , arylcarbonyl, amido, sulfo, cyano or aryl. Two of R u1 to R u4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, respectively. At this time, the ring may be condensed to form a condensed ring together with the benzene ring. As R u1 to R u4 , a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group is preferable, and an aspect in which at least two of R u1 to R u4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group is also preferable. Among them, the aspect in which all of R u1 to R u4 are hydrogen atoms is preferable. All of the above-mentioned substituents may further have a substituent.

由上述式(OS-101)表示之化合物為由式(OS-102)表示之化合物為更佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟或苯并噻唑環的立體結構(E,Z等),分別可以為其中任一者,亦可以為混合物。 作為由式(OS-101)表示之化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0102~0106段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0195~0207段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 在上述化合物之中,下述b-9、b-16、b-31、b-33為較佳。 [化學式24]

Figure 02_image046
作為市售品,能夠舉出WPAG-336(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、WPAG-443(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、MBZ-101(Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 More preferably, the compound represented by the above formula (OS-101) is the compound represented by the formula (OS-102). Moreover, in the said oxime sulfonate compound, about the three-dimensional structure (E, Z, etc.) of an oxime or a benzothiazole ring, it may be any one of them, respectively, and a mixture may be sufficient as it. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OS-101) include compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0106 of JP 2011-209692 A and 0195 to 0207 in JP 2015-194674 A, These contents are incorporated into this specification. Among the above-mentioned compounds, the following b-9, b-16, b-31, and b-33 are preferable. [Chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image046
As a commercial item, WPAG-336 (made by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), WPAG-443 (made by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), MBZ-101 (made by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), etc. are mentioned.

又,亦可舉出由下述結構式表示之化合物作為較佳例。 [化學式25]

Figure 02_image048
Moreover, the compound represented by the following structural formula can also be mentioned as a preferable example. [Chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image048

作為有機鹵化化合物,具體而言,可舉出若林等“Bull Chem.Soc Japan”42、2924(1969)、美國專利第3,905,815號說明書、日本特公昭46-4605號、日本特開昭48-36281號公報、日本特開昭55-32070號公報、日本特開昭60-239736號公報、日本特開昭61-169835號公報、日本特開昭61-169837號公報、日本特開昭62-58241號公報、日本特開昭62-212401號公報、日本特開昭63-70243號公報、日本特開昭63-298339號公報、M.P.Hutt“Jurnal of Heterocyclic Chemistry”1(No3),(1970)等中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。尤其,可舉出經三鹵甲基取代之㗁唑化合物:對稱三𠯤化合物作為較佳例。 更佳地,可舉出至少一個單、二或三鹵素取代甲基與對稱三𠯤環鍵結而成之對稱三𠯤衍生物,具體而言,例如可舉出2,4,6-三(單氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-正丙基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(α,α,β-三氯乙基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-苯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(3,4-環氧苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-〔1-(對甲氧基苯基)-2,4-丁二烯基〕-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-苯乙烯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對異丙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(對甲苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-(4-萘氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-苯硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-苄硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)對稱三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二溴甲基)對稱三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三溴甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)對稱三𠯤、2-甲氧基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)對稱三𠯤等。 Specific examples of the organic halogenated compound include Wakabayashi et al. "Bull Chem. Soc Japan" 42, 2924 (1969), the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,905,815, Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-4605, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 46-4605. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 48-36281, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 55-32070, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 60-239736, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-169835, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-169837, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-169837 Sho 62-58241, JP 62-212401, JP 63-70243, JP 63-298339, M.P.Hutt "Jurnal of Heterocyclic Chemistry" 1 (No3), (1970) and the like, the contents of which are incorporated into the present specification. In particular, a trihalomethyl-substituted oxazole compound: a symmetrical triazole compound can be mentioned as a preferable example. More preferably, at least one mono-, di- or tri-halogen substituted methyl group is bonded to a symmetrical tris-tris-ring. Symmetrical tris-derivatives include, for example, 2,4,6-tri( Monochloromethyl) Symmetric Tris, 2,4,6-Tris(dichloromethyl) Sym, 2,4,6-Tris(trichloromethyl) Sym, 2-Methyl-4, 6-Bis(trichloromethyl)symmetric tris 𠯤, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetric tris 𠯤, 2-(α,α,β-trichloroethyl)-4 ,6-bis(trichloromethyl)symmetric tris 𠯤, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetric tris 𠯤, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis (Trichloromethyl)symmetric tris𠯤, 2-(3,4-epoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)symmetric tris𠯤, 2-(p-chlorophenyl)-4,6 -Bis(trichloromethyl)symmetric tris 𠯤, 2-[1-(p-methoxyphenyl)-2,4-butadienyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetric tris , 2-styryl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)symmetric tris -(p-isopropoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetric tris 𠯤, 2-(p-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) symmetric tris 𠯤, 2-(4-Naphthoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)symmetric tris-tris, 2-phenylsulfanyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-symmetric tris, 2- Benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)symmetric tris 𠯤, 2,4,6-tris(dibromomethyl) symmetric tris, 2,4,6-tris(tribromomethyl) symmetric Tris 𠯤, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl) symmetric tris 𠯤, 2-methoxy-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl) symmetric tris 𠯤, etc.

作為有機硼酸鹽化合物,例如可舉出日本特開昭62-143044號公報、日本特開昭62-150242號公報、日本特開平9-188685號公報、日本特開平9-188686號公報、日本特開平9-188710號公報、日本特開2000-131837號公報、日本特開2002-107916號公報、日本專利第2764769號公報、日本特開2002-116539號公報等及Kunz,Martin“Rad Tech'98.Proceeding April 19-22,1998,Chicago”等中所記載之有機硼酸鹽、日本特開平6-157623號公報、日本特開平6-175564號公報、日本特開平6-175561號公報中所記載之有機硼鋶錯合物或有機硼氧代鋶錯合物、日本特開平6-175554號公報、日本特開平6-175553號公報中所記載之有機硼錪錯合物、日本特開平9-188710號公報中所記載之有機硼鏻錯合物、日本特開平6-348011號公報、日本特開平7-128785號公報、日本特開平7-140589號公報、日本特開平7-306527號公報、日本特開平7-292014號公報等有機硼過渡金屬配位錯合物等作為具體例,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Examples of the organic borate compound include JP 62-143044 A, JP 62-150242 A, JP 9-188685 A, JP 9-188686 A, JP 9-188686 A Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-188710, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-131837, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-107916, Japanese Patent No. 2764769, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-116539, etc. and Kunz, Martin "Rad Tech'98" .Proceeding April 19-22, 1998, Chicago" etc. The organoborates described in, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-157623, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175564, Japanese Laid-Open No. 6-175561 Organoboronium complexes or organoboroxoperium complexes, Organoboronium complexes described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175554, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175553, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-188710 The organoboron phosphonium complexes described in Gazette No. 6-348011, JP 7-128785, JP 7-140589, JP 7-306527, JP 7-306527 Organoboron transition metal complex complexes, such as Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-292014, etc., are taken as specific examples, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.

作為二碸化合物,可舉出日本特開昭61-166544號公報、日本專利申請2001-132318公報等中所記載之化合物及重氮二碸化合物。As the dibasic compound, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-166544, Japanese Patent Application No. 2001-132318, and the like, and diazodithio compounds can be mentioned.

作為上述鎓鹽化合物,例如可舉出S.I.Schlesinger,Photogr.Sci.Eng.,18,387(1974)、T.S.Bal et al,Polymer,21,423(1980)中所記載之重氮鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號說明書、日本特開平4-365049號公報等中所記載之銨鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號、美國專利第4,069,056號的各說明書中所記載之鏻鹽、歐洲專利第104,143號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第410,201號的各說明書、日本特開平2-150848號、日本特開平2-296514號公報中所記載之錪鹽、歐洲專利第370,693號、歐洲專利第390,214號、歐洲專利第233,567號、歐洲專利第297,443號、歐洲專利第297,442號、美國專利第4,933,377號、美國專利第161,811號、美國專利第410,201號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第4,760,013號、美國專利第4,734,444號、美國專利第2,833,827號、德國專利第2,904,626號、德國專利第3,604,580號、德國專利第3,604,581號的各說明書中所記載之鋶鹽、J.V.Crivello et al,Macromolecules,10(6),1307(1977)、J.V.Crivello et al,J.Polymer Sci.,Polymer Chem.Ed.,17,1047(1979)中所記載之硒鹽、C.S.Wen et al,Teh,Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA,p478 Tokyo,Oct(1988)中所記載之砷鹽、吡啶鎓鹽等鎓鹽等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Examples of the above-mentioned onium salt compounds include diazonium salts described in S.I.Schlesinger, Photogr.Sci.Eng., 18,387 (1974), T.S.Bal et al, Polymer, 21,423 (1980), and U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055 No. specification, ammonium salts described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-365049, etc., phosphonium salts described in each specification of US Pat. No. 4,069,055, US Pat. No. 4,069,056, European Patent No. 104,143, US Pat. No., each specification of U.S. Patent No. 410,201, the iodonium salt described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-150848, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-296514, European Patent No. 370,693, European Patent No. 390,214, European Patent No. 233,567 No., European Patent No. 297,443, European Patent No. 297,442, US Patent No. 4,933,377, US Patent No. 161,811, US Patent No. 410,201, US Patent No. 339,049, US Patent No. 4,760,013, US Patent No. 4,734,444, Permamate salts described in each specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,833,827, German Patent No. 2,904,626, German Patent No. 3,604,580, and German Patent No. 3,604,581, J.V.Crivello et al, Macromolecules, 10(6), 1307 (1977), Selenium salts, C.S.Wen et al, Teh, Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA, p478 Tokyo, Oct. Arsenic salts, onium salts such as pyridinium salts, and the like described in (1988) are incorporated into the present specification.

作為鎓鹽,可舉出由下述通式(RI-I)~(RI-III)表示之鎓鹽。 [化學式26]

Figure 02_image050
式(RI-I)中,Ar 11表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳的取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~12的烯基、碳數2~12的炔基、碳數6~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數2~12的二烷基胺基、烷基的碳數為1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基的碳數為6~20的芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z 11 -表示1價的陰離子,其為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子為較佳。式(RI-II)中,Ar 21、Ar 22分別獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基的碳數1~20的芳基,作為較佳的取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~12的烯基、碳數2~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的單烷基胺基、烷基的碳數分別獨立地為1~12的二烷基胺基、烷基的碳數為碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z21 -表示1價的陰離子,其為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。式(RI-III)中,R 31、R 32、R 33分別獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數6~20的芳基或烷基、烯基、炔基,較佳地,從反應性、穩定性的方面考慮,芳基為較佳。作為較佳的取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數2~12的烯基、碳數2~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的單烷基胺基、烷基的碳數分別獨立地為碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、烷基的碳數為碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z 31 -表示1價的陰離子,其為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。 As an onium salt, the onium salt represented by following general formula (RI-I) - (RI-III) is mentioned. [Chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image050
In formula (RI-I), Ar 11 represents an aryl group with 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbons, an alkyl group with 2 carbons Alkenyl group of to 12, alkynyl of carbon number of 2 to 12, aryl group of carbon number of 6 to 12, alkoxy of carbon number of 1 to 12, aryloxy group of carbon number of 1 to 12, halogen atom, carbon number of 1 Alkylamine group of ~12, dialkylamine group of carbon number of 2 to 12, alkylamide of alkyl group of carbon number of 1 to 12, or arylamide of aryl group of carbon number of 6 to 20 group, carbonyl group, carboxyl group, cyano group, sulfonyl group, thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 11 - represents a monovalent anion, which is halide ion, perchloric acid ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonic acid ion, sulfinic acid ion, thiosulfonic acid ion, sulfate ion, from From the viewpoint of stability, perchloric acid ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, and sulfinic acid ions are preferred. In formula (RI-II), Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents, and preferable substituents include 1 to 12 carbon atoms. alkyl, alkenyl with 2-12 carbons, alkynyl with 2-12 carbons, aryl with 1-12 carbons, alkoxy with 1-12 carbons, aryloxy with 1-12 carbons , halogen atom, monoalkylamine group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, dialkylamine group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl group, and alkyl amide group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl group An amino group or an arylamide group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z21 - represents a monovalent anion, which is halide ion, perchloric acid ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonic acid ion, sulfinic acid ion, thiosulfonic acid ion, sulfate ion, from stable From the viewpoint of properties and reactivity, perchloric acid ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonic acid ion, sulfinic acid ion, and carboxylate ion are preferable. In formula (RI-III), R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group having 1 to 6 substituents and a carbon number of 6 to 20, preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group and an alkynyl group. , from the viewpoint of reactivity and stability, aryl groups are preferred. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Alkoxy group of 12, aryloxy group of carbon number of 1 to 12, halogen atom, monoalkylamine group of carbon number of 1 to 12, dialkylamine of carbon number of alkyl group each independently being carbon number of 1 to 12 The carbon number of the group and the alkyl group is an alkyl amido group or an aryl amido group with a carbon number of 1 to 12, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group with a carbon number of 1 to 12, a carbon number 1-12 thioaryl groups. Z 31 - represents a monovalent anion, which is halide ion, perchloric acid ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonic acid ion, sulfinic acid ion, thiosulfonic acid ion, sulfate ion, from From the viewpoint of stability and reactivity, perchloric acid ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, sulfonic acid ion, sulfinic acid ion, and carboxylate ion are preferable.

作為較佳的光酸產生劑的具體例,可舉出以下者。 [化學式27]

Figure 02_image052
[化學式28]
Figure 02_image054
[化學式29]
Figure 02_image056
[化學式30]
Figure 02_image058
As a specific example of a preferable photoacid generator, the following are mentioned. [Chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image052
[Chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image054
[Chemical formula 29]
Figure 02_image056
[Chemical formula 30]
Figure 02_image058

光酸產生劑相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分使用0.1~20質量%為較佳,使用0.5~18質量%為更佳,使用0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳,使用0.5~3質量%為更進一步較佳,使用0.5~1.2質量%為又更進一步較佳。 光酸產生劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用複數種。在組合使用複數種的情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 又,為了對所期望的光源賦予感光性,與增感劑併用亦較佳。 The photoacid generator is preferably used in 0.1 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 18 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass %, and 0.5 to 3 mass % with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition. It is even more preferable to use 0.5 to 1.2 mass %. A photoacid generator may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of a plurality of types. When using a plurality of types in combination, it is preferable that these total amounts are within the above-mentioned range. Moreover, in order to provide photosensitivity to a desired light source, it is also preferable to use together with a sensitizer.

<熱酸產生劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱酸產生劑。 熱酸產生劑具有如下效果:藉由加熱而產生酸來促進選自具有羥甲基、烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物、環氧化合物、氧環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物中的至少一種化合物的交聯反應。 <Thermal acid generator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator has the effect of generating an acid by heating to promote a compound selected from the group consisting of a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, and a benzoyl group The cross-linking reaction of at least one of the 𠯤 compounds.

熱酸產生劑的熱分解開始溫度為50℃~270℃為較佳,50℃~250℃為更佳。又,若選擇一種在將組成物塗佈於基板上之後進行乾燥(預烘烤:約70~140℃)時不產生酸,而在之後的曝光、顯影中圖案化之後進行最終加熱(硫化:約100~400℃)時產生酸者作為熱酸產生劑,則能夠抑制顯影時的靈敏度下降,因此為較佳。 關於熱分解開始溫度,在將熱酸產生劑在耐壓膠囊中以5℃/分鐘加熱至500℃之情況下,作為溫度最低的發熱峰的峰值溫度而求出。 作為測定熱分解開始溫度時使用之設備,可舉出Q2000(TA Instruments.製造)等。 The thermal decomposition initiation temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50°C to 270°C, more preferably 50°C to 250°C. In addition, if one is selected, no acid is generated during drying (pre-baking: about 70 to 140° C.) after the composition is applied to the substrate, and final heating (vulcanization: vulcanization: About 100-400 degreeC) which generate|occur|produces an acid as a thermal acid generator can suppress the fall of the sensitivity at the time of image development, and it is preferable. The thermal decomposition initiation temperature was obtained as the peak temperature of the exothermic peak with the lowest temperature when the thermal acid generator was heated to 500° C. in a pressure-resistant capsule at 5° C./min. A Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments.) etc. is mentioned as an apparatus used when measuring the thermal decomposition start temperature.

從熱酸產生劑產生之酸為強酸為較佳,例如對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸等芳磺酸、甲磺酸、乙磺酸、丁磺酸等烷磺酸或者三氟甲磺酸等鹵烷磺酸等為較佳。作為該種熱酸產生劑的例子,可舉出日本特開2013-072935號公報的0055段中所記載者。The acid generated from the thermal acid generator is preferably a strong acid, such as arylsulfonic acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, alkanesulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, and butanesulfonic acid, or trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, etc. Haloalkanesulfonic acid and the like are preferred. Examples of such thermal acid generators include those described in paragraph 0055 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-072935.

其中,從在有機膜中殘留得少且不易降低有機膜物理性質之觀點考慮,產生碳數1~4的烷磺酸或碳數1~4的鹵烷磺酸者為更佳,作為熱酸產生劑,甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶鹽、甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶鹽、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶鹽、3-(5-(((丙磺醯基)氧基)亞胺基)噻吩-2(5H)-亞基)-2-(鄰甲苯基)丙腈、2,2-雙(3-(甲磺醯基胺基)-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷為較佳。Among them, from the viewpoint of less residual in the organic film and less likely to degrade the physical properties of the organic film, those that generate alkanesulfonic acids having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or haloalkane sulfonic acids having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferable as thermal acids. Generating agent, methanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) dimethyl sulfamate, methanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl) dimethyl sulfamate, methanesulfonic acid benzyl ( 4-Hydroxyphenyl) methyl sulfamate, benzyl methanesulfonate (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methyl sulfamate, methanesulfonate (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl ( (2-Methylphenyl)methyl)perylium salt, (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethylperylium trifluoromethanesulfonate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy) trifluoromethanesulfonic acid phenyl) dimethyl perionate salt, benzyl (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl perylium trifluoromethanesulfonate, benzyl (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl trifluoromethanesulfonate ) methyl sulfamate, (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl ((2-methylphenyl)methyl) sulfamate trifluoromethanesulfonate, 3-(5-(((propanesulfonyl)oxy) )imino)thiophene-2(5H)-idene)-2-(o-tolyl)propionitrile, 2,2-bis(3-(methylsulfonamido)-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexa Fluoropropane is preferred.

又,作為熱酸產生劑,日本特開2013-167742號公報的0059段中所記載之化合物亦較佳。Moreover, as a thermal acid generator, the compound described in the paragraph 0059 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2013-167742 is also preferable.

熱酸產生劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份為0.01質量份以上為較佳,0.1質量份以上為更佳。藉由含有0.01質量份以上來促進交聯反應,因此能夠進一步提高有機膜的機械特性及耐溶劑性。又,從有機膜的電絕緣性的觀點考慮,20質量份以下為較佳,15質量份以下為更佳,10質量份以下為進一步較佳。The content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.01 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. Since crosslinking reaction is accelerated|stimulated by containing 0.01 mass part or more, the mechanical property and solvent resistance of an organic film can be improved further. In addition, from the viewpoint of the electrical insulating properties of the organic film, 20 parts by mass or less is preferable, 15 parts by mass or less is more preferable, and 10 parts by mass or less is still more preferable.

<鹼產生劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含鹼產生劑。其中,鹼產生劑為能夠藉由物理或化學作用而產生鹼之化合物。作為對本發明的樹脂組成物來說較佳的鹼產生劑,可舉出熱鹼產生劑及光鹼產生劑。 尤其,在樹脂組成物包含環化樹脂的前驅物之情況下,樹脂組成物包含鹼產生劑為較佳。藉由使樹脂組成物含有熱鹼產生劑,例如藉由加熱而能夠促進前驅物的環化反應,成為硬化物的機械特性或耐藥品性良好者,例如作為半導體封裝中所包含之再配線層用層間絕緣膜的性能變得良好。 作為鹼產生劑,可以為離子型鹼產生劑,亦可以為非離子型鹼產生劑。作為從鹼產生劑產生之鹼,例如可舉出二級胺、三級胺。 對本發明之鹼產生劑並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的鹼產生劑。作為公知的鹼產生劑,例如能夠使用胺甲醯基肟化合物、胺甲醯基羥胺化合物、胺甲酸化合物、甲醯胺化合物、乙醯胺化合物、胺基甲酸酯化合物、苄胺基甲酸酯化合物、硝基苄胺基甲酸酯化合物、磺醯胺化合物、咪唑衍生物化合物、胺醯亞胺化合物、吡啶衍生物化合物、α-胺基苯乙酮衍生物化合物、四級銨鹽衍生物化合物、吡啶鎓鹽、α-內酯環衍生物化合物、胺醯亞胺化合物、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺衍生物化合物、醯氧基亞胺基化合物等。 作為非離子型鹼產生劑的具體的化合物,可舉出由式(B1)、式(B2)或式(B3)表示之化合物。 [化學式31]

Figure 02_image060
<Alkali Generator> The resin composition of the present invention may contain an alkali generator. Among them, the base generator is a compound capable of generating a base by physical or chemical action. As a preferable alkali generator for the resin composition of this invention, a thermal alkali generator and a photobase generator are mentioned. In particular, when the resin composition contains a precursor of a cyclized resin, it is preferable that the resin composition contains an alkali generator. By including a thermal alkali generator in the resin composition, for example, the cyclization reaction of the precursor can be accelerated by heating, and the cured product has good mechanical properties and chemical resistance, for example, as a rewiring layer included in a semiconductor package The performance with the interlayer insulating film becomes good. As an alkali generator, an ionic alkali generator may be sufficient, and a nonionic alkali generator may be sufficient. Examples of the base generated from the base generator include secondary amines and tertiary amines. The alkali generator of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known alkali generators can be used. As known base generators, for example, carbamoyl oxime compounds, carbamoyl hydroxylamine compounds, carbamic acid compounds, carbamoyl amine compounds, acetamide compounds, urethane compounds, and benzyl carbamic acid can be used. Ester compound, nitrobenzyl carbamate compound, sulfonamide compound, imidazole derivative compound, amide imide compound, pyridine derivative compound, α-aminoacetophenone derivative compound, quaternary ammonium salt derivative compounds, pyridinium salts, α-lactone ring derivative compounds, amide imide compounds, phthalimide derivative compounds, acyloxyimide-based compounds, and the like. As a specific compound of a nonionic base generator, the compound represented by a formula (B1), a formula (B2), or a formula (B3) is mentioned. [Chemical formula 31]
Figure 02_image060

式(B1)及式(B2)中,Rb 1、Rb 2及Rb 3分別獨立地為不具有三級胺結構的有機基、鹵素原子或氫原子。其中,Rb 1及Rb 2不會同時成為氫原子。又,Rb 1、Rb 2及Rb 3均不具有羧基。再者,在本說明書中,三級胺結構係指3價的氮原子的三個鍵結鍵均與烴系碳原子進行共價鍵之結構。因此,在所鍵結之碳原子為形成羰基之碳原子之情況亦即在與氮原子一同形成醯胺基之情況下,並不限於此。 In formula (B1) and formula (B2), Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 are each independently an organic group, a halogen atom or a hydrogen atom which does not have a tertiary amine structure. However, Rb 1 and Rb 2 do not become hydrogen atoms at the same time. In addition, none of Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 has a carboxyl group. In addition, in this specification, the tertiary amine structure means the structure in which all three bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to a hydrocarbon-based carbon atom. Therefore, when the carbon atom to be bonded is a carbon atom forming a carbonyl group, that is, when forming an amide group together with a nitrogen atom, it is not limited to this.

式(B1)、式(B2)中,Rb 1、Rb 2及Rb 3中的至少一個包含環狀結構為較佳,至少兩個包含環狀結構為更佳。作為環狀結構,可以為單環及縮合環中的任一個,單環或兩個單環縮合而成之縮合環為較佳。單環為5員環或6員環為較佳,6員環為更佳。單環為環己環及苯環為較佳,環己環為更佳。 In formula (B1) and formula (B2), at least one of Rb 1 , Rb 2 and Rb 3 preferably contains a cyclic structure, and more preferably at least two of them contain a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and a condensed ring formed by condensing a monocyclic ring or two monocyclic rings is preferable. The single ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, more preferably a 6-membered ring. The monocyclic ring is preferably a cyclohexyl ring and a benzene ring, and more preferably a cyclohexyl ring.

更具體而言,Rb 1及Rb 2為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)或芳烷基(碳數7~25為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)為較佳。該等基團可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。Rb 1與Rb 2可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為所形成之環,4~7員的含氮雜環為較佳。尤其,Rb 1及Rb 2為可以具有取代基之直鏈、支鏈或環狀的烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為較佳,可以具有取代基之環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為更佳,可以具有取代基之環己基為進一步較佳。 More specifically, Rb 1 and Rb 2 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12), alkenyl (having 2 to 24 carbon atoms) is preferred, 2-18 is more preferred, 3-12 is further preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-10 is further preferred) or aralkyl A base (preferably with a carbon number of 7 to 25, more preferably 7 to 19, and further preferably 7 to 12) is preferable. These groups may have a substituent within a range in which the effects of the present invention are exhibited. Rb 1 and Rb 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the ring to be formed, a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring having 4 to 7 members is preferable. In particular, Rb 1 and Rb 2 are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups that may have substituents (the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 24, more preferably 2 to 18, and more preferably 3 to 12). Preferably, a cycloalkyl group that may have a substituent (preferably carbon number 3-24, more preferably 3-18, and further preferably 3-12) is more preferable, and a cyclohexyl group that may have a substituent is further preferable good.

作為Rb 3,可舉出烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基(碳數8~24為較佳,8~20為更佳,8~16為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)或芳烷氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)。其中,環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基、芳烷氧基為較佳。Rb 3在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內還可以具有取代基。 Examples of Rb 3 include alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18, and more preferably 3 to 12), and aryl (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and having 6 to 18 carbon atoms). is more preferable, 6-10 is further preferable), alkenyl (carbon number 2-24 is preferable, 2-12 is more preferable, 2-6 is further preferable), aralkyl (carbon number 7-23) is better, 7-19 is better, 7-12 is further better), aralkenyl (carbon number 8-24 is better, 8-20 is better, 8-16 is further better), alkane Oxy group (preferably carbon number 1-24, more preferably 2-18, further preferred 3-12), aryloxy (preferably carbon number 6-22, more preferably 6-18, 6- 12 is more preferred) or aralkoxy (the number of carbon atoms is preferably 7-23, more preferably 7-19, and more preferably 7-12). Among them, cycloalkyl (preferably carbon number of 3 to 24, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12), aralkenyl and aralkoxy are preferred. Rb 3 may have a substituent within a range in which the effects of the present invention are exhibited.

由式(B1)表示之化合物為由下述式(B1-1)或下述式(B1-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式32]

Figure 02_image062
The compound represented by the formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2). [Chemical formula 32]
Figure 02_image062

式中,Rb 11及Rb 12和Rb 31及Rb 32的含義分別與式(B1)中之Rb 1及Rb 2的含義相同。 Rb 13為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有取代基。其中,Rb 13為芳烷基為較佳。 In the formula, Rb 11 and Rb 12 and Rb 31 and Rb 32 have the same meanings as Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (B1), respectively. Rb 13 is alkyl (preferably carbon number 1-24, more preferably 2-18, further preferably 3-12), alkenyl (preferably carbon number 2-24, more preferably 2-18, 3-12 is further preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-12 is further preferred), aralkyl (carbon number 7-23 is preferred, 7-19 are more preferable, and 7-12 are more preferable), and may have a substituent within the range which exhibits the effect of this invention. Among them, Rb 13 is preferably an aralkyl group.

Rb 33及Rb 34分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~8為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子為較佳。 Rb 33 and Rb 34 are independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8, and even more preferably 1 to 3), an alkenyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 12). preferably, 2-8 are more preferred, 2-3 are further preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-10 is further preferred), aralkyl ( The number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 to 23, more preferably 7 to 19, and even more preferably 7 to 11), and hydrogen atom is more preferred.

Rb 35為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),芳基為較佳。 Rb 35 is alkyl (preferably carbon number 1-24, more preferably 1-12, further preferably 3-8), alkenyl (preferably carbon number 2-12, more preferably 2-10, 3-8 are further preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-12 is further preferred), aralkyl (carbon number 7-23 is preferred, 7-19 are more preferable, 7-12 are further preferable), aryl group is preferable.

又,由式(B1-1)表示之化合物為由式(B1-1a)表示之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式33]

Figure 02_image064
Moreover, it is also preferable that the compound represented by formula (B1-1) is a compound represented by formula (B1-1a). [Chemical formula 33]
Figure 02_image064

Rb 11及Rb 12的含義與式(B1-1)中之Rb 11及Rb 12的含義相同。 Rb 15及Rb 16為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Rb 17為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),其中,芳基為較佳。 Rb 11 and Rb 12 have the same meanings as Rb 11 and Rb 12 in formula (B1-1). Rb 15 and Rb 16 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably carbon number 1-12, more preferably 1-6, further preferably 1-3), alkenyl (preferably carbon number 2-12, 2 ~6 is more preferred, 2-3 is further preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-10 is further preferred), aralkyl (carbon number 7 is preferred) ~23 is preferable, 7~19 is more preferable, 7~11 is further preferable), hydrogen atom or methyl group is preferable. Rb 17 is alkyl (preferably carbon number 1-24, more preferably 1-12, and further preferably 3-8), alkenyl (preferably carbon number 2-12, more preferably 2-10, 3-8 are further preferred), aryl (carbon number 6-22 is preferred, 6-18 is more preferred, 6-12 is further preferred), aralkyl (carbon number 7-23 is preferred, 7-19 are more preferable, 7-12 are further preferable), among them, aryl group is preferable.

[化學式34]

Figure 02_image066
[Chemical formula 34]
Figure 02_image066

在式(B3)中,L表示烴基,該烴基為在連接相鄰之氧原子和碳原子之連接鏈的路徑上具有飽和烴基之2價的烴基,並且連接鏈的路徑上的原子數為3個以上。又,R N1及R N2分別獨立地表示1價的有機基。 In formula (B3), L represents a hydrocarbon group, which is a hydrocarbon group having a divalent valence of a saturated hydrocarbon group on the path of the connecting chain connecting adjacent oxygen atoms and carbon atoms, and the number of atoms on the path of the connecting chain is 3 more than one. In addition, R N1 and R N2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.

在本說明書中,“連接鏈”係指,在連接連接對象的兩個原子或連接原子群組之間之路徑上的原子鏈中以最短(最小原子數)的方式連接該等連接對象者。例如,在由下述式表示之化合物中,L由伸苯基伸乙基構成,並且具有伸乙基作為飽和烴基,連接鏈由四個碳原子構成,連接鏈的路徑上的原子數(亦即,為構成連接鏈之原子的數量,以下,亦稱為“連接鏈長度”或者“連接鏈的長度”。)為4個。 [化學式35]

Figure 02_image068
In the present specification, "connection chain" refers to the one that connects the connection objects in the shortest (minimum number of atoms) manner among the atomic chains on the path between two atoms or groups of connection atoms connecting the connection objects. For example, in a compound represented by the following formula, L is composed of a phenylene ethylidene group, and has an ethylidene group as a saturated hydrocarbon group, the connecting chain is composed of four carbon atoms, and the number of atoms on the path of the connecting chain (that is, The number of atoms constituting the link chain, hereinafter also referred to as "link chain length" or "link chain length") is four. [Chemical formula 35]
Figure 02_image068

式(B3)之L中的碳數(亦包含除了連接鏈中的碳原子以外的碳原子)為3~24為較佳。上限為12以下為更佳,10以下為進一步較佳,8以下為特佳。下限為4以上為更佳。從快速進行上述分子內環化反應之觀點考慮,L的連接鏈長度的上限為12以下為較佳,8以下為更佳,6以下為進一步較佳,5以下為特佳。尤其,L的連接鏈長度為4或5為較佳,4為最佳。作為鹼產生劑的具體的較佳化合物,例如亦可舉出國際公開第2020/066416號的0102~0168段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2018/038002號的0143~0177段中所記載之化合物。The number of carbon atoms in L in the formula (B3) (including carbon atoms other than the carbon atoms in the linking chain) is preferably 3 to 24. The upper limit is more preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 4 or more. From the viewpoint of rapidly advancing the above-mentioned intramolecular cyclization reaction, the upper limit of the linking chain length of L is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 8 or less, further preferably 6 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. In particular, it is preferable that the linking chain length of L is 4 or 5, and 4 is the most optimal. Specific preferred compounds of the base generator include, for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0168 of International Publication No. 2020/066416, and compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0177 of International Publication No. 2018/038002. compound.

又,鹼產生劑包含由下述式(N1)表示之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式36]

Figure 02_image070
Moreover, it is also preferable that the base generator contains a compound represented by the following formula (N1). [Chemical formula 36]
Figure 02_image070

式(N1)中,R N1及R N2分別獨立地表示1價的有機基,RC1表示氫原子或保護基,L表示2價的連接基。 In formula (N1), R N1 and R N2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, RC1 represents a hydrogen atom or a protecting group, and L represents a divalent linking group.

L為2價的連接基,2價的有機基為較佳。連接基的連接鏈長度為1以上為較佳,2以上為更佳。作為上限,12以下為較佳,8以下為更佳,5以下為進一步較佳。連接鏈長度為在式中的兩個羰基之間成為最短路程之原子排列中存在之原子的數量。L is a divalent linking group, and a divalent organic group is preferable. The linking chain length of the linking group is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more. As an upper limit, 12 or less is preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 5 or less is more preferable. The linking chain length is the number of atoms present in the arrangement of atoms that makes the shortest path between two carbonyl groups in the formula.

式(N1)中,R N1及R N2分別獨立地表示1價的有機基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳),烴基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳)為較佳,具體而言,能夠舉出脂肪族烴基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳)或芳香族烴基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳),脂肪族烴基為較佳。若作為R N1及R N2使用脂肪族烴基,則所產生之鹼的鹼性高,因此為較佳。再者,脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴基可以具有取代基,又脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴基可以在脂肪族烴鏈中或芳香環中、取代基中具有氧原子。尤其,可例示脂肪族烴基在烴鏈中具有氧原子之態樣。 In formula (N1), R N1 and R N2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group (preferably carbon number 1-24, more preferably 2-18, further preferably 3-12), hydrocarbon group (carbon number 1 to 24 are preferable, 1 to 12 are more preferable, and 1 to 10 are further preferable), and specifically, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups (1 to 24 carbon atoms are preferable, and 1 to 12 are preferable) More preferably, 1-10 is more preferable) or aromatic hydrocarbon group (carbon number is preferably 6-22, 6-18 is more preferable, 6-10 is further preferable), aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. When an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is used as R N1 and R N2 , the basicity of the generated base is high, which is preferable. In addition, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have an oxygen atom in the aliphatic hydrocarbon chain or in the aromatic ring or in the substituent. In particular, the aspect in which the aliphatic hydrocarbon group has an oxygen atom in the hydrocarbon chain can be exemplified.

作為構成R N1及R N2之脂肪族烴基,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀烷基、環狀烷基、與鏈狀烷基和環狀烷基的組合有關之基團、在鏈中具有氧原子之烷基。直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀烷基為碳數1~24者為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳。關於直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀烷基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一基、十二烷基、異丙基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、異戊基、新戊基、三級戊基、異己基等。 環狀烷基為碳數3~12者為較佳,3~6為更佳。關於環狀烷基,例如可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環辛基等。 與鏈狀烷基和環狀烷基的組合有關之基團為碳數4~24者為較佳,4~18為更佳,4~12為進一步較佳。關於與鏈狀烷基和環狀烷基的組合有關之基團,例如可舉出環己基甲基、環己基乙基、環己基丙基、甲基環己基甲基、乙基環己基乙基等。 在鏈中具有氧原子之烷基為碳數2~12者為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。在鏈中具有氧原子之烷基可以為鏈狀,亦可以為環狀,並且可以為直鏈,亦可以為支鏈。 其中,從提高後述分解生成鹼的沸點之觀點考慮,R N1及R N2為碳數5~12的烷基為較佳。其中,在重視與金屬(例如銅)的層積層時的密接性之配方中,具有環狀的烷基之基團或碳數1~8的烷基為較佳。 Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon groups constituting R N1 and R N2 include linear or branched chain alkyl groups, cyclic alkyl groups, groups related to the combination of chain alkyl groups and cyclic alkyl groups, and chain alkyl groups. An alkyl group with an oxygen atom in it. The linear or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 18 are more preferable, and 3 to 12 are further preferable. Examples of linear or branched chain alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, deca Dialkyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, tertiary butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tertiary pentyl, isohexyl and the like. The cyclic alkyl group is preferably one having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms. As a cyclic alkyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclooctyl group etc. are mentioned, for example. The group related to the combination of the chain alkyl group and the cyclic alkyl group is preferably one having 4 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 18, and even more preferably 4 to 12. Groups related to the combination of a chain alkyl group and a cyclic alkyl group include, for example, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclohexylpropyl, methylcyclohexylmethyl, and ethylcyclohexylethyl Wait. The alkyl group having an oxygen atom in the chain is preferably one having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 4. The alkyl group having an oxygen atom in the chain may be chain-like or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. Among them, it is preferable that R N1 and R N2 are alkyl groups having 5 to 12 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of increasing the boiling point of the bases generated by decomposition described later. Among them, a group having a cyclic alkyl group or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable in a formulation that places importance on the adhesion at the time of lamination with a metal (for example, copper).

R N1及R N2可以相互連接而形成環狀結構。在形成環狀結構時,可以在鏈中具有氧原子等。又,R N1及R N2所形成之環狀結構可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環,但是單環為較佳。作為所形成之環狀結構,式(N1)中的含有氮原子之5員環或6員環為較佳,例如可舉出吡咯環、咪唑環、吡唑環、吡咯啉環、吡咯啶環、咪唑啶環、吡唑啶環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環等,可較佳地舉出吡咯啉環、吡咯啶環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環。 R N1 and R N2 may be connected to each other to form a ring structure. When forming a cyclic structure, an oxygen atom or the like may be included in the chain. In addition, the cyclic structure formed by R N1 and R N2 may be a single ring or a condensed ring, but a single ring is preferable. The cyclic structure to be formed is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom in the formula (N1), and examples thereof include a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyrroline ring, and a pyrrolidine ring. , an imidazoline ring, a pyrazolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring, a morpholine ring, and the like, preferably a pyrroline ring, a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring.

R C1表示氫原子或保護基,氫原子為較佳。 R C1 represents a hydrogen atom or a protecting group, preferably a hydrogen atom.

作為保護基,藉由酸或鹼的作用進行分解之保護基為較佳,可較佳地舉出用酸進行分解之保護基。As the protecting group, a protecting group that decomposes by the action of an acid or a base is preferable, and a protecting group that decomposes with an acid is preferably used.

作為保護基的具體例,可舉出鏈狀或環狀的烷基或在鏈中具有氧原子之鏈狀或環狀的烷基。作為鏈狀或環狀的烷基,可舉出甲基、乙基、異丙基、三級丁基、環己基等。作為在鏈中具有氧原子之鏈狀的烷基,具體而言,可舉出烷基氧基烷基,更具體而言,可舉出甲氧基甲(MOM)基、乙氧基乙(EE)基等。作為在鏈中具有氧原子之環狀的烷基,可舉出環氧基、縮水甘油基、氧雜環丁基、四氫呋喃基、四氫吡喃(THP)基等。Specific examples of the protecting group include a chain-like or cyclic alkyl group or a chain-like or cyclic alkyl group having an oxygen atom in the chain. As a chain or cyclic alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a tertiary butyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned. Specific examples of the chain-like alkyl group having an oxygen atom in the chain include alkyloxyalkyl groups, and more specifically, methoxymethyl (MOM) groups, ethoxyethyl ( EE) base et al. As a cyclic alkyl group which has an oxygen atom in a chain, an epoxy group, a glycidyl group, an oxetanyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a tetrahydropyran (THP) group, etc. are mentioned.

作為構成L之2價的連接基,並無特別限定,但是烴基為較佳,脂肪族烴基為更佳。烴基可以具有取代基,又亦可以在烴鏈中具有除了碳原子以外的種類的原子。更具體而言,可以在鏈中具有氧原子的2價的烴連接基為較佳,可以在鏈中具有氧原子的2價的脂肪族烴基、2價的芳香族烴基或與可以在鏈中具有氧原子的2價的脂肪族烴基和2價的芳香族烴基的組合有關之基團為更佳,可以在鏈中具有氧原子的2價的脂肪族烴基為進一步較佳。該等基團不具有氧原子為較佳。 2價的烴連接基為碳數1~24者為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。2價的脂肪族烴基為碳數1~12者為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。2價的芳香族烴基為碳數6~22者為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。與2價的脂肪族烴基和2價的芳香族烴基的組合有關之基團(例如,伸芳基烷基)為碳數7~22者為較佳,7~18為更佳,7~10為進一步較佳。 The divalent linking group constituting L is not particularly limited, but a hydrocarbon group is preferable, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is more preferable. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent, and may have atoms other than carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon chain. More specifically, a bivalent hydrocarbon linking group which may have an oxygen atom in the chain is preferable, and a bivalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have an oxygen atom in the chain, a bivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a bivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have an oxygen atom in the chain. A group related to a combination of a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an oxygen atom and a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is more preferable, and a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have an oxygen atom in the chain is further preferable. Preferably, these groups do not have oxygen atoms. The divalent hydrocarbon linking group is preferably one having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12, and even more preferably 2 to 6. The divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably one having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 4. The divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably one having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The group related to the combination of a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group (for example, an aryl-extended alkyl group) is preferably one having 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 18, and 7 to 10 for further better.

作為連接基L,具體而言,直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀伸烷基、環狀伸烷基、與鏈狀伸烷基和環狀伸烷基的組合有關之基團、在鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基、直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀的伸烯基、環狀的伸烯基、伸芳基、伸芳基伸烷基為較佳。 直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀伸烷基為碳數1~12者為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。 環狀伸烷基為碳數3~12者為較佳,3~6為更佳。 與鏈狀伸烷基和環狀伸烷基的組合有關之基團為碳數4~24者為較佳,4~12為更佳,4~6為進一步較佳。 在鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基可以為鏈狀,亦可以為環狀,並且可以為直鏈,亦可以為支鏈。在鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基為碳數1~12者為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。 As the linking group L, specifically, a linear or branched chain-like alkylene group, a cyclic alkylene group, a group related to a combination of a chain-like alkylene group and a cyclic alkylene group, a group having in the chain An alkylene group of an oxygen atom, a linear or branched chain alkenylene group, a cyclic alkenylene group, an arylidene group, and an arylidene group are preferred. The linear or branched chain alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred, 2 to 6 are more preferred, and 2 to 4 are further preferred. The cyclic alkylene group is preferably one having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms. The group related to the combination of the chain alkylene group and the cyclic alkylene group is preferably one having 4 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 12, and even more preferably 4 to 6. The alkylene group having an oxygen atom in the chain may be chain-like or cyclic, and may be linear or branched. The alkylene group having an oxygen atom in the chain is preferably one having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.

直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀的伸烯基為碳數2~12者為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳。直鏈或支鏈的鏈狀的伸烯基的C=C鍵的數量為1~10者為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。 環狀的伸烯基為碳數3~12者為較佳,3~6為更佳。環狀的伸烯基的C=C鍵的數量為1~6為較佳,1~4為更佳,1~2為進一步較佳。 伸芳基為碳數6~22者為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。 伸芳基伸烷基為碳數7~23者為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳。 其中,鏈狀伸烷基、環狀伸烷基、在鏈中具有氧原子之伸烷基、鏈狀的伸烯基、伸芳基、伸芳基、伸烷基為較佳,1,2-伸乙基、丙烷二基(尤其1,3-丙烷二基)、環己烷二基(尤其1,2-環己烷二基)、伸乙烯基(尤其順式伸乙烯基)、伸苯基(1,2-伸苯基)、伸苯基亞甲基(尤其1,2-伸苯基亞甲基)、氧伸乙基(尤其1,2-乙烯氧基-1,2-伸乙基)為更佳。 The linear or branched chain alkenylene group is preferably one having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6, and even more preferably 2 to 3. The number of C=C bonds of the linear or branched chain alkenylene group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The cyclic alkenylene group is preferably one having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms. The number of C=C bonds of the cyclic alkenylene group is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, and even more preferably 1 to 2. The aryl extended group is preferably one having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The arylidene alkylene group is preferably one having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19, and even more preferably 7 to 11. Among them, chain alkylene, cyclic alkylene, alkylene having oxygen atoms in the chain, chain alkenylene, aryl, aryl, and alkylene are preferred, 1,2 -ethylidene, propanediyl (especially 1,3-propanediyl), cyclohexanediyl (especially 1,2-cyclohexanediyl), vinylidene (especially cis-vinylidene), vinylidene Phenyl (1,2-phenylene), phenylmethylene (especially 1,2-phenylene), oxyethylidene (especially 1,2-vinyloxy-1,2- ethylidene) is better.

作為鹼產生劑,可舉出下述例,但是本發明並不僅由此做限定性解釋。As the base generator, the following examples are given, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化學式37]

Figure 02_image072
[Chemical formula 37]
Figure 02_image072

非離子型熱鹼產生劑的分子量為800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the nonionic thermal alkali generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and even more preferably 500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 300 or more.

作為離子型鹼產生劑的具體的較佳化合物,例如亦可舉出國際公開第2018/038002號的0148~0163段中所記載之化合物。Specific preferred compounds of the ionic base generator include, for example, compounds described in paragraphs 0148 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2018/038002.

作為銨鹽的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式38]

Figure 02_image074
Specific examples of the ammonium salt include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited to these. [Chemical formula 38]
Figure 02_image074

作為亞胺鹽的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式39]

Figure 02_image076
Specific examples of the imide salt include the following compounds, but the present invention is not limited to these. [Chemical formula 39]
Figure 02_image076

在本發明的樹脂組成物包含鹼產生劑之情況下,鹼產生劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物中的樹脂100質量份為0.1~50質量份為較佳。下限為0.3質量份以上為更佳,0.5質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量份以下為更佳,20質量份以下為進一步較佳,10質量份以下為更進一步較佳,可以為5質量份以下,亦可以為4質量份以下。 鹼產生劑能夠使用1種或2種以上。在使用2種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains an alkali generator, the content of the alkali generator is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and may be 5 parts by mass or less, or may be 4 parts by mass or less. Alkali generators can be used 1 type or 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is in the said range.

<聚合性化合物> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合性化合物為較佳。 作為聚合性化合物,可舉出自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。 <Polymerizable compound> It is preferable that the resin composition of this invention contains a polymerizable compound. As a polymerizable compound, a radical crosslinking agent or another crosslinking agent is mentioned.

〔自由基交聯劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物包含自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑為具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基,包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。作為上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。 在該等之中,作為上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、乙烯基苯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。 [Radical crosslinking agent] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical crosslinking agent. The radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. The radically polymerizable group is preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of the group containing the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond include vinyl group, allyl group, vinylphenyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, maleimide group, and (meth)acryloyl group Groups with ethylenically unsaturated bonds such as amine groups. Among these, as the above-mentioned group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acrylamido group, and a vinylphenyl group are preferable, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, (Meth)acryloyl groups are more preferred.

自由基交聯劑為具有一個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,但是具有兩個以上之化合物為更佳。自由基交聯劑可以具有三個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵。 作為上述具有兩個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有2~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有2~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有2~6個之化合物為進一步較佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化物)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物包含具有兩個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和上述具有三個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦較佳。 The radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, but more preferably a compound having two or more. The radical crosslinking agent may have three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. As the above-mentioned compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, a compound having 2 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferable, a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable, and a compound having 2 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable. The compound of 6 is more preferable. In addition, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained pattern (hardened product), the resin composition of the present invention may also include a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. better.

自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.

作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可較佳地使用具有羥基或胺基、氫硫基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物以及具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦較佳。又,作為另一例,亦能夠使用替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等之化合物群組來代替上述不飽和羧酸。作為具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the radical crosslinking agent include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or esters thereof, amides The amines are preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamine compounds. In addition, the addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amine groups, and hydrogen thio groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxy groups can also be preferably used. , Dehydration condensation reaction products with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, etc. In addition, the addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and halogen groups or Substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with releasable substituents such as tosyloxy and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also preferred. In addition, as another example, a compound group substituted with vinylbenzene derivatives such as unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether, and allyl ether can also be used instead of the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid. As a specific example, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of JP 2016-027357 A, which are incorporated in the present specification.

又,自由基交聯劑為在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為其例,能夠舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷之後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而獲得之化合物、如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中所記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺甲酸乙酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物之環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯及該等混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中所記載之化合物亦較佳。又,亦能夠舉出使(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物與多官能羧酸進行反應而獲得之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Moreover, it is also preferable that the radical crosslinking agent is a compound which has a boiling point of 100 degreeC or more under normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, and neopentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate. (Meth)acrylate, Neotaerythritol Tetra (meth)acrylate, Dipivalerythritol Penta (meth)acrylate, Dipivalerythritol Hexa (meth)acrylate, Hexylene Glycol Di( meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerol or trimethylolethane etc. Compounds obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to alcohol followed by (meth)acrylic esterification, such as Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 50-006034, and Japanese Patent Publication Sho 51 - Urethane (meth)acrylates described in each publication of No. 037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-064183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-043191, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 52-030490 Polyester acrylates, polyfunctional acrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products of epoxy resins and (meth)acrylic acid, or methacrylates, and mixtures thereof. In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also preferred. Moreover, polyfunctional (meth)acrylate etc. obtained by making a compound which has a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, react with a polyfunctional carboxylic acid are also mentioned.

又,作為除了上述以外的較佳的自由基交聯劑物,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中所記載之具有茀環且具有兩個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物或卡多(cardo)樹脂。Moreover, as preferable radical crosslinking agent substances other than the above, those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent No. 4364216 and the like can also be used. A compound having a perylene ring and having two or more groups with an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a cardo resin.

進而,作為其他例,亦能夠舉出日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中所記載之特定的不飽和化合物或日本特開平02-025493號公報中所記載之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中所記載之包含全氟烷基之化合物。進而,亦能夠使用在“Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan”vol.20、No.7、300~308頁(1984年)中作為光聚合性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。Furthermore, as other examples, the specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 46-043946, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040337, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040336, or Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 02 can also be cited. - Vinylphosphonic acid-based compounds and the like described in Gazette No. 025493. Moreover, the compound containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 61-022048 can also be used. Furthermore, those described as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers in "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan" vol. 20, No. 7, pp. 300 to 308 (1984) can also be used.

除了上述以外,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP 2015-034964 A and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be preferably used. incorporated into this manual.

又,在日本特開平10-062986號公報中,作為式(1)及式(2)而與其具體例一同記載的如下化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該化合物為在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷之後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而獲得之化合物。In addition, in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986, the following compounds, which are described as formula (1) and formula (2) together with specific examples thereof, can also be used as a radical crosslinking agent in a polyfunctional alcohol. A compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide and then (meth)acrylated.

進而,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中所記載之化合物作為自由基交聯劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A No. 2015-187211 can also be used as the radical crosslinking agent, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.

作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造、A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等寡聚物類型。As the radical crosslinking agent, dipeotaerythritol triacrylate (available as a commercial item: KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipeotaerythritol tetraacrylate (available as a commercial item as KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. -310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipivaloerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and a structure in which these (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues is preferable. These oligomer types can also be used.

作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可舉出Sartomer Company, Inc製的作為具有四個伸乙氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、作為具有四個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯之Sartomer Company, Inc製SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製的作為具有戊烯氧基鏈鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、作為具有三個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330、胺甲酸乙酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)、NK Ester M-40G、NK Ester 4G、NK Ester M-9300、NK Ester A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION製造)等。Commercial products of the radical crosslinking agent include, for example, SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethoxy-extending chains, manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc. Functional methacrylates SR-209, 231, 239 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., DPCA-60 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as a hexafunctional acrylate having a pentenoxy chain chain, as a hexafunctional acrylate having three TPA-330 of trifunctional acrylate of isobutyloxy chain, urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), NK Ester M-40G, NK Ester 4G, NK Ester M-9300, NK Ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T , UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION), etc.

作為自由基交聯劑,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中所記載之胺甲酸乙酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺甲酸乙酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物。As the radical crosslinking agent, for example, carbamic acid described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765 Ethyl acrylates, ethylene oxide described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 Urethane compounds of the skeleton are also preferred. Furthermore, as the radical crosslinking agent, those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 01-105238 having an amino group in the molecule can also be used. Compounds of structure or sulfide structure.

自由基交聯劑可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。特佳為在使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物為新戊四醇或二新戊四醇之化合物。作為市售品,例如作為TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製的多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物,可舉出M-510、M-520等。The free-radical cross-linking agent may be a free-radical cross-linking agent having an acid group such as a carboxyl group and a phosphoric acid group. The free-radical crosslinking agent with an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride reacts with the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to have an acid group. Free radical crosslinking agents are more preferred. Particularly preferred is a free-radical crosslinking agent having an acid group by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound, and the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is neopentylerythritol or dipivostriol Alcohol compounds. As a commercial item, M-510, M-520 etc. are mentioned as a polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomer by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., for example.

具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~300mgKOH/g,特佳為1~100mgKOH/g。只要自由基交聯劑的酸值在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。關於上述酸值,依據JIS K 0070:1992的記載來測定。The preferred acid value of the radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is 0.1-300 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably 1-100 mgKOH/g. As long as the acid value of the radical crosslinking agent is within the above-mentioned range, the workability in production is excellent, and furthermore, the developability is excellent. In addition, the polymerizability was good. The said acid value is measured based on the description of JISK0070:1992.

從圖案的解像性和膜的伸縮性的觀點考慮,樹脂組成物使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。 作為具體的化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG(聚乙二醇)200二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO(環氧乙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO(環氧丙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、2羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、具有其他胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等依據需要能夠混合使用2種以上。 再者,例如PEG200二丙烯酸酯係指為聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯且聚乙二醇鏈的式量為200左右者。 關於本發明的樹脂組成物,從伴隨圖案(硬化物)的彈性模數控制而抑制翹曲的觀點考慮,能夠較佳地使用單官能自由基交聯劑作為自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可較佳地使用正丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、卡必醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、芐基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯基環氧丙醚等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。 除此以外,作為2官能以上的自由基交聯劑,可舉出鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類。 From the viewpoint of the resolution of the pattern and the stretchability of the film, it is preferable to use a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate for the resin composition. As specific compounds, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG (polyethylene glycol) can be used 200 Diacrylate, PEG200 Dimethacrylate, PEG600 Diacrylate, PEG600 Dimethacrylate, Polytetraethylene Glycol Diacrylate, Polytetraethylene Glycol Dimethacrylate, Neopentyl Glycol Diacrylate Esters, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6hexanediol dimethacrylate , dimethylol tricyclodecane diacrylate, dimethylol tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, EO of bisphenol A Adduct dimethacrylate, PO (propylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, EO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, 2hydroxy-3-propenyloxypropane methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid modified dimethacrylate, bifunctional acrylate with other urethane bond, with urethane bond The 2-functional methacrylate. These can be mixed and used 2 or more types as needed. In addition, for example, PEG200 diacrylate refers to a polyethylene glycol diacrylate and the formula weight of the polyethylene glycol chain is about 200. Regarding the resin composition of the present invention, a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent can be preferably used as the radical crosslinking agent from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage accompanying the control of the elastic modulus of the pattern (hardened product). As the monofunctional radical crosslinking agent, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxy Ethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-Methylol (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth)acrylate, etc. (meth) Acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam, alkenyl glycidyl ether, and the like. As the monofunctional radical crosslinking agent, in order to suppress volatilization before exposure, a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferred. In addition, as a bifunctional or more radical crosslinking agent, allyl compounds, such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate, are mentioned.

在含有自由基交聯劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為更佳。上限為50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a radical crosslinking agent is contained, it is preferable that the content exceeds 0 mass % and 60 mass % or less with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of this invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass % or less, and even more preferably 30 mass % or less.

自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情況下,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。A radical crosslinking agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in mixture of 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that the total amount is in the said range.

〔其他交聯劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物包含與上述自由基交聯劑不同之其他交聯劑亦較佳。 在本發明中,其他交聯劑係指除了上述自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,在分子內具有複數個藉由上述光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑的感光而促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應產物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基團之化合物為較佳,在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用而促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應產物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基團之化合物為較佳。 上述酸或鹼為在曝光步驟中從光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,具有選自包括醯氧基甲基、羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括醯氧基甲基、羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團與氮原子直接鍵結之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為其他交聯劑,例如可舉出具有使甲醛或甲醛和醇與三聚氰胺、甘脲、脲、伸烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含有胺基之化合物進行反應而經醯氧基甲基、羥甲基或烷氧基甲基取代上述胺基的氫原子之結構之化合物。該等化合物的製造方法並無特別限定,只要為具有與藉由上述方法製造的化合物相同之結構之化合物即可。又,亦可以為該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 將作為上述含有胺基之化合物而使用了三聚氰胺之交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,將使用了甘脲、脲或伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為脲系交聯劑,將使用了伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為伸烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用了苯并胍胺之交聯劑稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 在該等之中,本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述甘脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少一種化合物為更佳。 [Other cross-linking agents] It is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains other cross-linking agents different from the above-mentioned radical cross-linking agents. In the present invention, other cross-linking agents refer to cross-linking agents other than the above-mentioned radical cross-linking agents, and have a plurality of cross-linking agents in the molecule that are promoted to interact with the composition by the photosensitive photoacid generator or photobase generator. The other compounds in the compound or the reaction products of the other compounds or the reaction products thereof are preferably the compounds of the group that form a covalent bond, and have a plurality of compounds in the molecule that are promoted by the action of acids or bases in the composition with the other compounds or their compounds. Compounds of reactive groups that form covalent bonds between the reaction products are preferred. The above-mentioned acid or base is preferably an acid or base generated from a photoacid generator or a photobase generator in the exposure step. As other crosslinking agents, compounds having at least one group selected from the group consisting of oxymethyl, hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl are preferred, and compounds having at least one group selected from the group consisting of oxymethyl, hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl are preferred. A compound having a structure in which at least one group in the group of methylol and alkoxymethyl is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom is more preferable. Examples of other cross-linking agents include compounds having an amine group-containing compound such as formaldehyde or formaldehyde and alcohols, such as melamine, glycoluril, urea, alkylene urea, and benzoguanamine, to be reacted with an oxymethyl group, A compound in which a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group is substituted for the hydrogen atom of the above-mentioned amine group. The production method of these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as it is a compound having the same structure as the compound produced by the above-mentioned method. Moreover, the oligomer which the hydroxymethyl group of these compounds self-condenses may be sufficient. The cross-linking agent using melamine as the above-mentioned amine group-containing compound is called a melamine-based cross-linking agent, and the cross-linking agent using glycoluril, urea, or alkylene urea is called a urea-based cross-linking agent. The crosslinking agent using alkylene urea is called alkylene urea crosslinking agent, and the crosslinking agent using benzoguanamine is called benzoguanamine crosslinking agent. Among these, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a urea-based crosslinking agent and a melamine-based crosslinking agent, and contains a compound selected from the group consisting of the glycoluril-based crosslinking agent described below. and at least one compound in the group of melamine-based crosslinking agents is more preferred.

作為含有本發明中之烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個之化合物,能夠舉出烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基直接在芳香族基或下述脲結構的氮原子上或三𠯤上取代之化合物作為結構例。 上述化合物所具有之烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基為碳數2~5為較佳,碳數2或3為較佳,碳數2為更佳。 上述化合物所具有之烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基的總數為1~10為較佳,更佳為2~8,特佳為3~6。 上述化合物的分子量較佳為1500以下,180~1200為較佳。 As a compound containing at least one of the alkoxymethyl group and the alkoxymethyl group in the present invention, the alkoxymethyl group or the alkoxymethyl group is directly on the nitrogen of the aromatic group or the following urea structure. Compounds substituted on atoms or on tris are taken as structural examples. Preferably, the alkoxymethyl or alkoxymethyl group of the above compound has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 carbon atoms. The total number of the alkoxymethyl group and the alkoxymethyl group contained in the above-mentioned compound is preferably 1-10, more preferably 2-8, particularly preferably 3-6. The molecular weight of the above-mentioned compound is preferably 1500 or less, more preferably 180-1200.

[化學式40]

Figure 02_image078
[Chemical formula 40]
Figure 02_image078

R 100表示烷基或醯基。 R 101及R 102分別獨立地表示1價的有機基,並且可以相互鍵結而形成環。 R 100 represents an alkyl group or an acyl group. R 101 and R 102 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

作為烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基直接在芳香族基上取代之化合物,例如能夠舉出下述通式的各種化合物。Examples of compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group is directly substituted with an aromatic group include various compounds of the following general formula.

[化學式41]

Figure 02_image080
[Chemical formula 41]
Figure 02_image080

式中,X表示單鍵或2價的有機基,每個R 104分別獨立地表示烷基或醯基,R 103表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基或藉由酸的作用進行分解而產生鹼可溶性基之基團(例如,藉由酸的作用進行脫離之基團、由-C(R 42COOR 5表示之基團(R 4分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基,R 5表示藉由酸的作用進行脫離之基團。))。 R 105分別獨立地表示烷基或烯基,a、b及c分別獨立地為1~3,d為0~4,e為0~3,f為0~3,a+d為5以下,b+e為4以下,c+f為4以下。 關於藉由酸的作用進行分解而產生鹼可溶性基之基團、藉由酸的作用進行脫離之基團、由-C(R 42COOR 5表示之基團中之R 5,例如能夠舉出-C(R 36)(R 37)(R 38)、-C(R 36)(R 37)(OR 39)、-C(R 01)(R 02)(OR 39)等。 式中,R 36~R 39分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。R 36與R 37可以相互鍵結而形成環。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷基為更佳。 上述烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀中的任一個。 作為上述環烷基,碳數3~12的環烷基為較佳,碳數3~8的環烷基為更佳。 上述環烷基可以為單環結構,亦可以為縮合環等多環結構。 上述芳基為碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基為更佳。 作為上述芳烷基,碳數7~20的芳烷基為較佳,碳數7~16的芳烷基為更佳。 上述芳烷基係指經烷基取代之芳基,該等烷基及芳基的較佳態樣與上述烷基及芳基的較佳態樣相同。 上述烯基為碳數3~20的烯基為較佳,碳數3~16的烯基為更佳。 又,該等基團在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內還可以具有公知的取代基。 In the formula, X represents a single bond or a 2-valent organic group, each R 104 independently represents an alkyl group or an acyl group, and R 103 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an acid group. A group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group (for example, a group that is released by the action of an acid, a group represented by -C(R 4 ) 2 COOR 5 (R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R 5 represents a group that can be removed by the action of an acid.)). R 105 each independently represents an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, a, b and c are each independently 1-3, d is 0-4, e is 0-3, f is 0-3, a+d is 5 or less, b+e is 4 or less, and c+f is 4 or less. Examples of R 5 in the group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group, the group that is released by the action of an acid, and the group represented by -C(R 4 ) 2 COOR 5 can be exemplified. Out-C(R 36 )(R 37 )(R 38 ),-C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 39 ),-C(R 01 )(R 02 )(OR 39 ), etc. In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable. The above-mentioned alkyl group may be linear or branched. As the cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable. The cycloalkyl group may have a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure such as a condensed ring. The above-mentioned aryl group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. As the aralkyl group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable. The above-mentioned aralkyl group refers to an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group, and the preferred aspects of the alkyl group and the aryl group are the same as the preferred aspects of the above-mentioned alkyl group and the aryl group. The above-mentioned alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 16 carbon atoms. Moreover, these groups may have a well-known substituent within the range which can obtain the effect of this invention.

R 01及R 02分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基或烯基。 R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.

作為藉由酸的作用分解產生鹼可溶性基之基團或藉由酸的作用脫離之基團,較佳為三級烷基酯基、縮醛基、枯基酯基、烯醇酯基等。進一步較佳為三級烷基酯基、縮醛基。As a group to be decomposed by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group or a group to be released by the action of an acid, a tertiary alkyl ester group, an acetal group, a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, and the like are preferable. Further preferred are tertiary alkyl ester groups and acetal groups.

作為具有烷氧基甲基之化合物,具體而言,能夠舉出以下結構。關於具有醯氧基甲基之化合物,能夠舉出將下述化合物的烷氧基甲基變更為醯氧基甲基之化合物。作為在分子內具有烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物,能夠舉出以下各種化合物,但是並不限定於該等。As a compound which has an alkoxymethyl group, the following structures are mentioned specifically,. As a compound which has an aryloxymethyl group, the compound which changed the alkoxymethyl group of the following compound to an aryloxymethyl group can be mentioned. Although the following various compounds can be mentioned as a compound which has an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group in a molecule|numerator, it is not limited to these.

[化學式42]

Figure 02_image082
[Chemical formula 42]
Figure 02_image082

[化學式43]

Figure 02_image084
[Chemical formula 43]
Figure 02_image084

關於含有烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個之化合物,可以使用市售者,亦可以使用藉由公知的方法合成者。 從耐熱性的觀點考慮,烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基直接在芳香環或三𠯤環上取代之化合物為較佳。 As for the compound containing at least one of an alkoxymethyl group and an acyloxymethyl group, a commercially available one may be used, or a compound synthesized by a known method may be used. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a compound in which an alkoxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group is directly substituted on an aromatic ring or a tris-ring is preferable.

作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可舉出六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of the melamine-based crosslinking agent include hexamethoxymethyl melamine, hexaethoxymethyl melamine, hexapropoxymethyl melamine, hexabutoxybutyl melamine, and the like.

作為脲系交聯劑的具體例,例如可舉出單羥甲基化甘脲、二羥甲基化甘脲、三羥甲基化甘脲、四羥甲基化甘脲、單甲氧基甲基化甘脲,二甲氧基甲基化甘脲、三甲氧基甲基化甘脲、四甲氧基甲基化甘脲、單乙氧基甲基化甘脲、二乙氧基甲基化甘脲、三乙氧基甲基化甘脲、四乙氧基甲基化甘脲、單丙氧基甲基化甘脲、二丙氧基甲基化甘脲、三丙氧基甲基化甘脲、四丙氧基甲基化甘脲、單丁氧基甲基化甘脲、二丁氧基甲基化甘脲、三丁氧基甲基化甘脲或四丁氧基甲基化甘脲等甘脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等的脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化伸乙脲或二羥甲基化伸乙脲、單甲氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二甲氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單乙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二乙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單丙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二丙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單丁氧基甲基化伸乙脲或二丁氧基甲基化伸乙脲等伸乙脲系交聯劑; 單羥甲基化伸丙脲、二羥甲基化伸丙脲、單甲氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二甲氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單乙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二乙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單丙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二丙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單丁氧基甲基化伸丙脲或二丁氧基甲基化伸丙脲等伸丙脲系交聯劑; 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。 Specific examples of the urea-based crosslinking agent include monomethylolated glycoluril, dimethylolated glycoluril, trimethylolated glycoluril, tetramethylolated glycoluril, and monomethoxyl glycoluril. Methylated glycoluril, dimethoxymethylated glycoluril, trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetramethoxymethylated glycoluril, monoethoxymethylated glycoluril, diethoxymethyl methylated glycoluril, triethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetraethoxymethylated glycoluril, monopropoxymethylated glycoluril, dipropoxymethylated glycoluril, tripropoxymethyl Glycoluril Glycoluril based cross-linking agents such as glycoluril; Urea-based crosslinking agents such as bismethoxymethylurea, bisethoxymethylurea, bispropoxymethylurea, bisbutoxymethylurea, etc., Monomethylolated ethyl urea or dimethylolated ethyl urea, monomethoxymethylated ethyl urea, dimethoxymethylated ethyl urea, monoethoxymethylated ethyl urea , diethoxymethylated ethyl urea, monopropoxymethylated ethyl urea, dipropoxymethylated ethyl urea, monobutoxymethylated ethyl urea or dibutoxymethyl ethyl urea Ethyl urea and other ethyl urea crosslinking agents; Monomethylolated Propylene Urea , diethoxymethylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea, or dibutoxymethyl propylene urea Propylene urea based crosslinking agent such as propylene propylene urea; 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazole pyridone etc.

作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如可舉出單羥甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。Specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent include, for example, monomethylolated benzoguanamine, dimethylolated benzoguanamine, trimethylolated benzoguanamine, and tetramethylolated benzoguanamine. Methylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetramethoxymethylated benzene guanamine, monoethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, diethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, triethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine Amine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, Monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, etc.

除此以外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團之化合物,亦可較佳地使用在芳香環(較佳為苯環)上直接鍵結有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少一種基團之化合物。 作為該種化合物的具體例,可舉出苯二甲醇、雙(羥甲基)甲酚、雙(羥甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥甲基)二苯甲酮、羥甲基苯甲酸羥甲基苯酯、雙(羥甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯酯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’,4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐三氟‐1‐(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2‐羥基‐1,3‐苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。 In addition, as a compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl, it can also be preferably used to directly bond to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring). A compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl. Specific examples of such compounds include benzenedimethanol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl) base) benzophenone, hydroxymethyl phenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl (Methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl)benzophenone, methyl Methoxymethylphenyl oxymethylbenzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4',4''-ethylene yltris[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylene]bis[2-hydroxyl -1,3-benzenedimethanol], 3,3',5,5'-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol, etc.

作為其他交聯劑,亦可以使用市售品,作為較佳的市售品,可舉出46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上為ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製造)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上為Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、NIKARAC(註冊商標,以下相同)MX-290、NIKARAC MX-280、NIKARAC MX-270、NIKARAC MX-279、NIKARAC MW-100LM、NIKARAC MX-750LM(以上為Sanwa Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As other crosslinking agents, commercially available products can also be used, and preferable ones include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (the above are manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML- OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML- BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM-PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (the above are Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKARAC (registered trademark, the same below) MX-290, NIKARAC MX-280, NIKARAC MX-270, NIKARAC MX-279, NIKARAC MW-100LM, NIKARAC MX-750LM (the above are manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

又,本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物作為其他交聯劑亦較佳。In addition, it is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds and benzoquinone compounds as another crosslinking agent.

-環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)- 作為環氧化合物,在一分子中具有兩個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應,並且不會產生由交聯引起之脫水反應,因此不易引起膜收縮。因此,含有環氧化合物對抑制本發明的樹脂組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲係有效的。 -Epoxy compounds (compounds with epoxy groups)- As the epoxy compound, a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable. The epoxy group undergoes a cross-linking reaction below 200°C, and does not produce a dehydration reaction caused by cross-linking, so it is difficult to cause film shrinkage. Therefore, containing an epoxy compound is effective in suppressing low-temperature hardening and warpage of the resin composition of the present invention.

環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性模數進一步下降,並且能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基表示環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. Thereby, the elastic modulus is further lowered, and warpage can be suppressed. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.

作為環氧化合物的例子,能夠舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂;雙酚F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丁二醇二縮水甘油醚、六亞甲基二醇二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚等伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚等聚伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(縮水甘油氧基丙基)矽氧烷等環氧環氧基之矽酮等,但是並不限定於該等。具體而言,可舉出EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740(以上為產品名,DIC CORPORATION製造)、Rika Resin(註冊商標)BEO-20E、Rika Resin(註冊商標)BEO-60E、Rika Resin(註冊商標)HBE-100、Rika Resin(註冊商標)DME-100、Rika Resin(註冊商標)L-200(產品名,New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上為產品名,ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2021P、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2081、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)GT401、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB4700、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB3600(以上為產品名,Daicel Corporation製造)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上為產品名,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。又,亦可較佳地使用以下化合物。Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butylene glycol Glycol diglycidyl ether, hexamethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether and other alkylene glycol type epoxy resins or polyol hydrocarbon type epoxy resins; polypropylene glycol diglycidyl Polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resins such as glycerol ethers; epoxy epoxy silicones such as polymethyl(glycidoxypropyl)siloxane, etc., but not limited to these. Specifically, EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP- 4700, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8183, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740 (the above are product names, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), Rika Resin (registered trademark) BEO-20E, Rika Resin (registered trademark) BEO-60E, Rika Resin (registered trademark) HBE-100, Rika Resin (registered trademark) DME-100, Rika Resin (registered trademark) L-200 (product name, New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (product names above, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2021P, CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2081, CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) GT401, EPOLEAD ( Registered trademark) PB4700, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) PB3600 (the product names above, manufactured by Daicel Corporation), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN- 104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (the above are product names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc. In addition, the following compounds can also be preferably used.

[化學式44]

Figure 02_image086
[Chemical formula 44]
Figure 02_image086

式中,n為1~5的整數、m為1~20的整數。In the formula, n is an integer of 1-5, and m is an integer of 1-20.

在上述結構之中,從兼顧耐熱性和伸長率的提高之觀點考慮,n為1~2、m為3~7為較佳。Among the above-mentioned structures, it is preferable that n is 1 to 2 and m is 3 to 7 from the viewpoint of achieving both heat resistance and improvement in elongation.

-氧雜環丁烷化合物(具有氧雜環丁基之化合物)- 作為氧雜環丁烷化合物,能夠舉出在一分子中具有兩個以上的氧雜環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥甲氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體的例子,能夠較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製的ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221),該等可以單獨使用或混合使用2種以上。 -oxetane compounds (compounds with oxetanyl groups)- Examples of the oxetane compound include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethoxy oxetane, 1,4-bis{ [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxetane, 1,4- Benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl)methyl]ester, etc. As a specific example, ARON OXETANE series (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be preferably used, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

-苯并㗁𠯤化合物(具有苯并㗁唑基之化合物)- 由於由開環加成反應引起之交聯反應,苯并㗁𠯤化合物在硬化時不產生脫氣,從而進一步減少熱收縮以抑制產生翹曲,因此為較佳。 -Benzoxazole compounds (compounds with a benzoxazolyl group)- Due to the crosslinking reaction caused by the ring-opening addition reaction, the benzodiazepine compound is preferred because it does not degas when hardened, thereby further reducing thermal shrinkage and suppressing warpage.

作為苯并㗁𠯤化合物的較佳例,可舉出P-d型苯并㗁𠯤、F-a型苯并㗁𠯤、(以上為產品名,Shikoku Chemicals Corporation製造)、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并㗁𠯤加成物、酚醛清漆型二氫苯并㗁𠯤化合物。該等可以單獨使用或者混合使用2種以上。Preferable examples of the benzodiazepine compound include P-d-type benzodiazepines, F-a-type benzodiazepines (the above are the product names, manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation), and benzodiazepines of polyhydroxystyrene resins. Adducts, novolac-type dihydrobenzos 㗁𠯤 compounds. These can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

其他交聯劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。其他交聯劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上的其他交聯劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other crosslinking agents is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and 1.0 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. Mass % is particularly good. The other crosslinking agent may be contained only by one type, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of other crosslinking agents are contained, the total is preferably within the above range.

<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含用於提高與電極或配線等中所使用之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可舉出具有烷氧基甲矽烷基之矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等。 <Metal Adhesion Improver> It is preferable that the resin composition of this invention contains the metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion with the metal material used for electrodes, wiring, etc.. Examples of the metal adhesion improver include alkoxysilyl-containing silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesive agents, titanium-based adhesive agents, compounds having sulfonamide structures, compounds having thiourea, and phosphoric acid derivatives. Compounds, β-ketoester compounds, amine compounds, etc.

〔矽烷偶合劑〕 作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可舉出國際公開第2015/199219號的0167段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號的0063~0071段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報的0045~0052段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號的0055段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2018-173573的0067~0078段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中所記載,使用不同的2種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基。 [Silane coupling agent] Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in Paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, compounds described in Paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP 2014-191002 A, and International Publication No. 2011/080992 The compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of JP 2014-191252 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of JP 2014-191252 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 of JP 2014-041264 A, The compounds described in paragraph 0055 of International Publication No. 2014/097594 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0067 to 0078 of JP 2018-173573 are incorporated in the present specification. Moreover, as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of JP 2011-128358 A, it is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents. Moreover, it is also preferable to use the following compounds as a silane coupling agent. In the following formula, Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group.

[化學式45]

Figure 02_image088
[Chemical formula 45]
Figure 02_image088

作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如可舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。Examples of other silane coupling agents include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-glycidoxysilane. 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl triethoxysilane, p-styryltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3 - Methacryloyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- (Aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane Oxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-amine propyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane , 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如能夠舉出鋁三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙醇鋁等。 [Aluminum-based Adhesives] Examples of the aluminum-based adhesive agent include aluminum tris(ethylacetate)aluminum, tris(acetoacetone)aluminum, aluminum ethylacetate diisopropoxide, and the like.

又,作為其他金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中所記載之硫化物系化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, as other metal adhesion improving agents, the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP 2014-186186 A and the vulcanization described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP 2013-072935 A can also be used compounds, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.

金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.01~30質量份,更佳為在0.1~10質量份的範圍內,進一步較佳為在0.5~5質量份的範圍內。藉由設為上述下限值以上,圖案與金屬層的接著性變得良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,圖案的耐熱性、機械特性變得良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在使用2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin . By setting it as the said lower limit or more, the adhesiveness of a pattern and a metal layer becomes favorable, and by setting it as the said upper limit or less, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of a pattern become favorable. Only one type of metal adhesion improver may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum total is in the said range.

<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物還包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制來自於金屬層(金屬配線)的金屬離子轉移至膜內。 <Migration inhibitor> Preferably, the resin composition of the present invention further contains a migration inhibitor. By including the migration inhibitor, the transfer of metal ions from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the film can be effectively suppressed.

作為遷移抑制劑,並無特別限制,可舉出具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑、5-胺基-1H-四唑等四唑系化合物。The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, and examples include heterocycles (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetra azole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, tri-pyran ring) compounds, with sulfur Urea and hydrogen thio compounds, hindered phenolic compounds, salicylic acid derivatives, and hydrazine derivatives. In particular, 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole can be preferably used Triazole-based compounds such as azoles, and tetrazole-based compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole.

或者,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, an ion scavenger that captures anions such as halogen ions can also be used.

作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中所記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114段、0116段及0118段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中所記載之化合物等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As other migration inhibitors, the rust inhibitor described in paragraph 0094 of JP 2013-015701 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP 2009-283711 A, and JP 2011 A can be used. - Compounds described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 059656, compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-194520, and compounds described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 compounds, etc., the contents of which are incorporated in this specification.

作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,能夠舉出下述化合物。Specific examples of the migration inhibitor include the following compounds.

[化學式46]

Figure 02_image090
[Chemical formula 46]
Figure 02_image090

在本發明的樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑之情況下,遷移抑制劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention has a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass % with respect to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention , 0.1 to 1.0 mass % is more preferable.

遷移抑制劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在遷移抑制劑為2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。Only one type of migration inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more kinds of migration inhibitors, it is preferable that the total is within the above-mentioned range.

<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出酚系化合物、醌系化合物、胺基系化合物、N-氧基自由基化合物系化合物、硝基系化合物、亞硝基系化合物、雜芳香環系化合物、金屬化合物等。 <Polymerization inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include phenol-based compounds, quinone-based compounds, amino-based compounds, N-oxyl radical compound-based compounds, nitro-based compounds, nitroso-based compounds, heteroaromatic ring-based compounds, and metal compounds Wait.

作為聚合抑制劑的具體的化合物,例如較佳地使用對氫醌、鄰氫醌、鄰甲氧基酚、對甲氧基酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、對-三級丁基鄰苯二酚、1,4-苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺第一鈰鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘胺、伸乙基二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥基喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺基丙基胺)酚、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-三級丁基)苯基甲烷、1,3,5-三(4-三級丁基-3-羥基)-2,6-二甲基芐基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基、吩噻𠯤、啡㗁𠯤、1,1-二苯基-2-吡咯肼、二丁基二硫代碳酸銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺銨鹽等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中所記載之聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號的0031~0046段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。As a specific compound of the polymerization inhibitor, for example, p-hydroquinone, o-hydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallophenol, p- Tertiary butylcatechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2 '-Methylene bis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine first cerium salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-triamine tertiary butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso- 5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamine)phenol, N-nitroso-N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tertiary butyl) ) phenylmethane, 1,3,5-tris(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy)-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤-2,4,6 -(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl radical, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1- Oxygen free radicals, phenothiae, phenothia, 1,1-diphenyl-2-pyrrolehydrazine, copper(II) dibutyldithiocarbonate, nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N- Phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, etc. In addition, the polymerization inhibitors described in paragraph 0060 of JP 2015-127817 A and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. WO 2015/125469 can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

在本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑之情況下,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳0.02~15質量%為更佳,0.05~10質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.02 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 15% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. 0.05-10 mass % is more preferable.

聚合抑制劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在聚合抑制劑為2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。Only one type of polymerization inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more kinds of polymerization inhibitors, it is preferable that the total is within the above-mentioned range.

<酸捕捉劑> 為了減少因從曝光至加熱為止的經時而引起之性能變化,本發明的樹脂組成物含有酸捕捉劑為較佳。其中,酸捕捉劑係指藉由存在於系統中而能夠捕捉產生酸之化合物,酸度低且pKa高的化合物為較佳。作為酸捕捉劑,具有胺基之化合物為較佳,一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽、三級醯胺等為較佳,一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽為較佳,二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽為更佳。 作為酸捕捉劑,能夠較佳地舉出具有咪唑結構、二氮雜雙環結構、鎓結構、三烷基胺結構、苯胺結構或吡啶結構之化合物、具有羥基和/或醚鍵之烷基胺衍生物、具有羥基和/或醚鍵之苯胺衍生物等。在具有鎓結構之情況下,酸捕捉劑為具有選自銨、重氮、錪、鋶、鏻、吡啶鎓等中之陽離子和酸度比由酸產生劑所產生之酸更低的酸的陰離子之鹽為較佳。 <Acid scavenger> It is preferable that the resin composition of this invention contains an acid scavenger in order to reduce the change in performance with time from exposure to heating. Among them, the acid scavenger refers to a compound capable of capturing an acid by being present in the system, and a compound having a low acidity and a high pKa is preferable. As the acid scavenger, compounds with amine groups are preferred, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, ammonium salts, tertiary amides, etc. are preferred, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, ammonium salts More preferably, secondary amine, tertiary amine and ammonium salt are more preferable. As the acid scavenger, compounds having an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclic structure, an onium structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure, or a pyridine structure, and an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond can be preferably used. compounds, aniline derivatives with hydroxyl and/or ether bonds, etc. In the case of having an onium structure, the acid scavenger is an anion having a cation selected from the group consisting of ammonium, diazo, iodonium, perium, phosphonium, pyridinium and the like and an acid having a lower acidity than that generated by the acid generator. Salt is preferred.

作為具有咪唑結構之酸捕捉劑,可舉出咪唑、2,4,5-三苯基咪唑、苯并咪唑、2-苯基苯并咪唑等。作為具有二氮雜雙環結構之酸捕捉劑,可舉出1,4-二氮雜雙環[2,2,2]辛烷、1,5-二氮雜雙環[4,3,0]壬-5-烯、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5,4,0]十一碳-7-烯等。作為具有鎓結構之酸捕捉劑,可舉出氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化三芳基鋶、氫氧化苯甲醯甲基鋶、具有2-氧代烷基之鋶氫氧化物、具體而言氫氧化三苯基鋶、氫氧化三(三級丁基苯基)鋶、氫氧化雙(三級丁基苯基)錪、氫氧化苯甲醯甲基噻吩鎓、氫氧化2-氧代丙基噻吩鎓等。作為具有三烷基胺結構之酸捕捉劑,能夠舉出三(正丁基)胺、三(正辛基)胺等。作為具有苯胺結構之酸捕捉劑,能夠舉出2,6-二異丙基苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二丁基苯胺、N,N-二己基苯胺等。作為具有吡啶結構之酸捕捉劑,能夠舉出吡啶、4-甲基吡啶等。作為具有羥基和/或醚鍵之烷基胺衍生物,能夠舉出乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、三(甲氧基乙氧基乙基)胺等。作為具有羥基和/或醚鍵之苯胺衍生物,能夠舉出N,N-雙(羥乙基)苯胺等。As an acid scavenger having an imidazole structure, imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, 2-phenylbenzimidazole, etc. are mentioned. As an acid scavenger having a diazabicyclic structure, 1,4-diazabicyclo[2,2,2]octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0]nonane- 5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene, etc. Examples of the acid scavenger having an onium structure include tetrabutylammonium oxide, triaryl perionium hydroxide, benzylmethyl perionium hydroxide, perium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group, and more specifically, hydrogen Triphenyl strontium oxide, tris(tertiary butylphenyl) strontium hydroxide, bis(tertiary butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, benzalkonium methylthiophenium hydroxide, 2-oxopropyl hydroxide Thiophenium, etc. Tri(n-butyl)amine, tri(n-octyl)amine, etc. are mentioned as an acid scavenger which has a trialkylamine structure. As an acid scavenger having an aniline structure, 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-dibutylaniline, N,N-dihexylaniline, etc. are mentioned. As an acid scavenger having a pyridine structure, pyridine, 4-picoline, etc. can be mentioned. Examples of alkylamine derivatives having a hydroxyl group and/or ether bond include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, tris(methoxyethoxyethyl)amine, and the like. N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)aniline etc. are mentioned as an aniline derivative which has a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond.

作為較佳的酸捕捉劑的具體例,可舉出乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、乙基胺、二乙胺、三乙胺、己胺、十二胺、環己胺、環己基甲基胺、環己基二甲基胺、苯胺、N-甲基苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、二苯基胺、吡啶、丁胺、異丁胺、二丁胺、三丁胺、二環己胺、DBU(二氮雜雙環十一碳)、DABCO(1,4-二氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷)、N,N-二異丙基乙基胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、乙二胺、1,5-二胺基戊烷、N-甲基己胺、N-甲基二環己胺、三辛基胺、N-乙基乙二胺、N,N-二乙基乙二胺、N,N,N’,N’-四丁基-1,6-己烷二胺、精三胺、二胺基環己烷、雙(2-甲氧基乙基)胺、哌啶、甲基哌啶、哌𠯤、托烷、N-苯基苄胺、1,2-二苯胺基乙烷(dianilinoethane)、2-胺基乙醇、甲苯胺、胺基酚、己基苯胺、伸苯基二胺、苯基乙基胺、二苄胺、吡咯、N-甲基吡咯、胍、胺基吡咯啶、吡唑、吡唑啉、胺基嗎啉、胺基烷基口末啉等。Specific examples of preferable acid scavengers include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, hexylamine, dodecylamine, cyclohexylamine, and cyclohexylmethylamine , cyclohexyldimethylamine, aniline, N-methylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine, pyridine, butylamine, isobutylamine, dibutylamine, tributylamine, dicyclohexylamine Amine, DBU (diazabicycloundec), DABCO (1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane), N,N-diisopropylethylamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide , ethylenediamine, 1,5-diaminopentane, N-methylhexylamine, N-methyldicyclohexylamine, trioctylamine, N-ethylethylenediamine, N,N-diethylamine Ethylenediamine, N,N,N',N'-tetrabutyl-1,6-hexanediamine, sperm triamine, diaminocyclohexane, bis(2-methoxyethyl)amine , piperidine, methylpiperidine, piperidine, tropane, N-phenylbenzylamine, 1,2-dianilinoethane, 2-aminoethanol, toluidine, aminophenol, hexylaniline , phenylenediamine, phenylethylamine, dibenzylamine, pyrrole, N-methylpyrrole, guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, aminomorpholine, aminoalkyl Lin et al.

該等酸捕捉劑可以單獨使用1種,可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明之組成物可以含有酸捕捉劑,亦可以不含有酸捕捉劑,但是在含有之情況下,酸捕捉劑的含量以組成物的總固體成分為基準,通常為0.001~10質量%,較佳為0.01~5質量%。 These acid scavengers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may contain an acid scavenger or may not contain an acid scavenger, but when it does contain an acid scavenger, the content of the acid scavenger is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. Preferably it is 0.01-5 mass %.

酸產生劑與酸捕捉劑的使用比例為酸產生劑/酸捕捉劑(莫耳比)=2.5~300為較佳。亦即,從靈敏度、解析度的觀點考慮,莫耳比為2.5以上為較佳,從抑制由浮雕圖案隨著曝光後至加熱處理為止的經時變厚而引起之解析度的降低的觀點考慮,300以下為較佳。酸產生劑/酸捕捉劑(莫耳比)更佳為5.0~200,進一步較佳為7.0~150。The usage ratio of the acid generator and the acid scavenger is preferably acid generator/acid scavenger (molar ratio)=2.5 to 300. That is, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppressing the reduction of the resolution caused by the increase in thickness of the relief pattern with time from exposure to heat treatment. , 300 or less is better. The acid generator/acid scavenger (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, further preferably 7.0 to 150.

<其他添加劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內依據需要能夠配合各種的添加物、例如界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、熱聚合起始劑、無機粒子、紫外線吸收劑、有機鈦化合物、抗氧化劑、抗凝聚劑、酚系化合物、其他高分子化合物、可塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,消泡劑、阻燃劑等)等。藉由適當含有該等成分,能夠調整膜物理性質等性質。關於該等成分,例如能夠參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的0183段以後(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的0237段)的記載及日本特開2008-250074號公報的0101~0104段、0107~0109段等的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。在配合該等添加劑之情況下,將其合計配合量設為本發明的樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。 <Other additives> The resin composition of the present invention can contain various additives, such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, organic titanium, as needed, within the range in which the effects of the present invention can be obtained. Compounds, antioxidants, anti-agglomeration agents, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents (eg, defoaming agents, flame retardants, etc.), etc. By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted. For these components, for example, refer to the descriptions in paragraph 0183 and subsequent paragraphs of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-003225 (paragraph 0237 of the corresponding specification of US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812) and the descriptions in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-250074 The descriptions in paragraphs 0101 to 0104, and paragraphs 0107 to 0109 are incorporated into this specification. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3 mass % or less of the solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.

〔界面活性劑〕 作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑、烴系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。界面活性劑可以為非離子型界面活性劑,亦可以為陽離子型界面活性劑,亦可以為陰離子型界面活性劑。 [Surfactant] As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicone-based surfactant, and a hydrocarbon-based surfactant can be used. The surfactant may be a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, or an anionic surfactant.

藉由在本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中含有界面活性劑,進一步提高作為塗佈液進行製備時的液體特性(尤其,流動性),從而能夠進一步改善塗佈厚的均勻性或省液性。亦即,在使用適用了含有界面活性劑之組成物之塗佈液而形成膜之情況下,被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力降低而改善對被塗佈面的潤濕性,從而提高對被塗佈面的塗佈性。因此,能夠更佳地進行厚度不均勻的小的均勻厚度的膜形成。By including a surfactant in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the liquid properties (especially, fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid can be further improved, and the uniformity of the coating thickness and the liquid saving property can be further improved. . That is, when a film is formed using a coating liquid to which a composition containing a surfactant is applied, the interfacial tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is reduced, and the wettability to the surface to be coated is improved, thereby improving the wettability of the surface to be coated. Improves coatability to the coated surface. Therefore, the film formation of a small uniform thickness with uneven thickness can be performed more preferably.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可舉出MEGAFACE F171、MEGAFACE F172、MEGAFACE F173、MEGAFACE F176、MEGAFACE F177、MEGAFACE F141、MEGAFACE F142、MEGAFACE F143、MEGAFACE F144、MEGAFACE R30、MEGAFACE F437、MEGAFACE F475、MEGAFACE F479、MEGAFACE F482、MEGAFACE F554、MEGAFACE F780、RS-72-K(以上為DIC CORPORATION製造)、弗洛德FC430、弗洛德FC431、弗洛德FC171、Novell FC4430、Novell FC4432(以上為3M Japan Limited製造)、Surflon S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC-1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S-393、Surflon KH-40(以上為ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製造)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)等。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的0015~0158段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-132503號公報的0117~0132段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。亦能夠使用嵌段聚合物作為氟系界面活性劑,作為具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2011-89090號公報中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元和來自於具有兩個以上(較佳為5個以上)的伸烷氧基(較佳為乙烯氧基、丙烯氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元,亦可例示下述化合物作為本發明中所使用之氟系界面活性劑。 [化學式47]

Figure 02_image092
Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F171, MEGAFACE F172, MEGAFACE F173, MEGAFACE F176, MEGAFACE F177, MEGAFACE F141, MEGAFACE F142, MEGAFACE F143, MEGAFACE F144, MEGAFACE R30, MEGAFACE F437, MEGAFACE F475, MEGAFACE F479, MEGAFACE F482, MEGAFACE F554, MEGAFACE F780, RS-72-K (the above are manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), Flood FC430, Flood FC431, Flood FC171, Novell FC4430, Novell FC4432 (the above are manufactured by 3M Japan Limited) , Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC-1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S-393, Surflon KH-40 (The above are manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), etc. As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP 2015-117327 A and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP 2011-132503 A can also be used. incorporated into this manual. A block polymer can also be used as a fluorine-based surfactant, and as a specific example, the compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2011-89090 is mentioned, and the content is incorporated in this specification. The fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use a fluorine-containing polymer compound, the fluorine-containing polymer compound comprising a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and a repeating unit derived from a compound having two or more (preferably A repeating unit of a (meth)acrylate compound having 5 or more alkaneoxy groups (preferably vinyloxy groups, propenyloxy groups), and the following compounds can also be exemplified as the fluorine-based interface used in the present invention active agent. [Chemical formula 47]
Figure 02_image092

上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3,000~50,000,5,000~30,000為更佳。 氟系界面活性劑亦能夠將在側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為市售品,例如可舉出DIC CORPORATION製的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。 The weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000. Fluorine-based Surfactant A fluoropolymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group on a side chain can also be used as a fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and 0289 to 0295 of JP 2010-164965 A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. Moreover, as a commercial item, MEGAFACE RS-101 by DIC CORPORATION, RS-102, RS-718K etc. are mentioned, for example.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的方面而言,氟含有率在該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑係有效的,在組成物中之溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and the liquid saving properties, and the solubility in the composition is also good.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為BYK-ChemieGmbH製造)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive performance Materials Inc.製造)、KP-341、KF6001、KF6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製造)等。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (the above are manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH ), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (the above are manufactured by Momentive performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF6001, KF6002 (the above are Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. . manufactured), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (the above are manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH), etc.

作為烴系界面活性劑,例如可舉出PIONIN A-76、Newkalgen FS-3PG、PIONIN B-709、PIONIN B-811-N、PIONIN D-1004、PIONIN D-3104、PIONIN D-3605、PIONIN D-6112、PIONIN D-2104-D、PIONIN D-212、PIONIN D-931、PIONIN D-941、PIONIN D-951、PIONIN E-5310、PIONIN P-1050-B、PIONIN P-1028-P、PIONIN P-4050-T等(以上為TAKEMOTO OIL&FAT CO.,LTD.製造)等。Examples of hydrocarbon-based surfactants include PIONIN A-76, Newkalgen FS-3PG, PIONIN B-709, PIONIN B-811-N, PIONIN D-1004, PIONIN D-3104, PIONIN D-3605, PIONIN D -6112, PIONIN D-2104-D, PIONIN D-212, PIONIN D-931, PIONIN D-941, PIONIN D-951, PIONIN E-5310, PIONIN P-1050-B, PIONIN P-1028-P, PIONIN P-4050-T, etc. (the above are manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL&FAT CO., LTD.), etc.

作為非離子型界面活性劑,可例示甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯等。作為市售品,可舉出Pluronic(註冊商標)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製造)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製造)、Solsperse 20000(Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製造)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical co.,ltd.製造)等。As the nonionic surfactant, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and these ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate) can be exemplified etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilauric acid ester, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, etc. Commercially available products include Pluronic (registered trademark) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (TAKEMOTO OIL & manufactured by FAT CO., LTD), OLFIN E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出有機矽氧烷聚合物KP-341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物Polyflow No.75、No.77、No.90、No.95(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製造)、W001(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include organosiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No. 75, No.77, No.90, No.95 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製造)、SANDET BL(SANYO KASEI Co.Ltd.製造)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), SANDET BL (manufactured by SANYO KASEI Co., Ltd.), and the like.

界面活性劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 界面活性劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,0.005~1.0質量%為更佳。 Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0 mass %, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the composition.

〔高級脂肪酸衍生物〕 為了防止因氧引起的聚合阻礙,可以在本發明的樹脂組成物中添加如二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺的高級脂肪酸衍生物,從而使其在塗佈後的乾燥過程中不均勻地存在於本發明的樹脂組成物的表面上。 [Higher fatty acid derivatives] In order to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenamide may be added to the resin composition of the present invention to make it non-uniform in the drying process after coating exist on the surface of the resin composition of the present invention.

又,高級脂肪酸衍生物亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, the compound described in the paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used as the higher fatty acid derivative, the content of which is incorporated in the present specification.

在本發明的樹脂組成物具有高級脂肪酸衍生物之情況下,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在高級脂肪酸衍生物為2種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention has a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. Only one type of higher fatty acid derivatives may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more kinds of higher fatty acid derivatives, it is preferable that the total is within the above-mentioned range.

〔熱聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑為藉由熱的能量而產生自由基並起始或促進具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使樹脂及聚合性化合物進行聚合反應,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。又,上述之光聚合起始劑亦具有藉由熱量引發聚合之功能之情況,並且具有能夠作為熱聚合起始劑而添加之情況。 [Thermal polymerization initiator] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, especially a thermal radical polymerization initiator. The thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates a radical by thermal energy and initiates or promotes a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. Also by adding a thermal radical polymerization initiator, since the resin and the polymerizable compound can be polymerized, the solvent resistance can be further improved. In addition, the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator may have a function of initiating polymerization by heat, and may be added as a thermal polymerization initiator.

作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP 2008-063554 A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

在包含熱聚合起始劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上的熱聚合起始劑之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is contained, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. 15% by mass. Only one type of thermal polymerization initiator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

〔無機粒子〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含無機粒子。作為無機粒子,具體而言,能夠包含碳酸鈣、磷酸鈣、二氧化矽、高嶺土、滑石、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、氟化鈣、氟化鋰、沸石、硫化鉬、玻璃等。 [Inorganic particles] The resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles. Specifically, as inorganic particles, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silica, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, glass, etc. can be included.

作為上述無機粒子的平均粒徑,0.01~2.0μm為較佳,0.02~1.5μm為更佳,0.03~1.0μm為進一步較佳,0.04~0.5μm為特佳。 無機粒子的上述平均粒徑為一次粒徑,並且為體積平均粒徑。關於體積平均粒徑,能夠藉由基於Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150(Nikkiso Co., Ltd.製造)之動態光散射法進行測定。 在難以進行上述測定之情況下,亦能夠藉由離心沉降透光法、X射線透過法、雷射繞射/散射法進行測定。 The average particle diameter of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 μm, further preferably 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and particularly preferably 0.04 to 0.5 μm. The said average particle diameter of an inorganic particle is a primary particle diameter, and is a volume average particle diameter. The volume average particle diameter can be measured by a dynamic light scattering method based on Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). In the case where it is difficult to perform the above-mentioned measurement, the measurement can also be performed by the centrifugal sedimentation light transmission method, the X-ray transmission method, and the laser diffraction/scattering method.

〔紫外線吸收劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系、三𠯤系等紫外線吸收劑。 作為水楊酸酯系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯、水楊酸對三級丁基苯酯等,作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4,4’-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮等。又,作為苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級戊基-5’-異丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-丙基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2’-羥基-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基)苯基]苯并三唑等。 [Ultraviolet absorber] The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, ultraviolet absorbers such as salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and trisulfuric acid-based absorbers can be used. Examples of the salicylate-based ultraviolet absorber include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, p-tertiary butylphenyl salicylate, and the like, and examples of the benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber include Examples of the agent include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2 ',4,4'-Tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxydiphenyl ketone etc. Moreover, as an example of a benzotriazole type ultraviolet absorber, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2 -(2'-Hydroxy-3'-tertiarybutyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tertiary pentyl-5' -isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-Hydroxy-3'-isobutyl-5'-propylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butyl Phenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2'-hydroxy-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetrakis Methyl)phenyl]benzotriazole, etc.

作為取代丙烯腈系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等。進而,作為三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十三烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-(2,4-二羥基苯基)-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等單(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(4-甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-己氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等雙(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(2-羥基-4-辛氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三[2-羥基-4-(3-丁氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等三(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物等。Examples of substituted acrylonitrile-based ultraviolet absorbers include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, and the like . Furthermore, 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6 is mentioned as an example of a tris-based ultraviolet absorber -Bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤, 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2- Hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis( 2,4-Dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl)tris-compounds such as 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-6 -(2,4-Dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤, 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(4 -Methylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤, 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethyl Phenyl)-1,3,5-tris(bis(hydroxyphenyl)tris) compounds such as bis(hydroxyphenyl)tris; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-bis) Butoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤, 2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤, 2,4, 6-Tris[2-hydroxy-4-(3-butoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]-1,3,5-tris-tris(hydroxyphenyl)tris-compounds, etc.

在本發明中,上述各種紫外線吸收劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑,亦可以不包含紫外線吸收劑,但是在包含之情況下,紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.001質量%以上且1質量%以下為較佳,0.01質量%以上且0.1質量%以下為更佳。 In this invention, the said various ultraviolet absorbers may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when included, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is 0.001% by mass or more and 1% by mass relative to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. Mass % or less is preferable, and 0.01 mass % or more and 0.1 mass % or less are more preferable.

〔有機鈦化合物〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物可以含有有機鈦化合物。由於樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物,因此即使在低溫下進行硬化之情況下亦能夠形成耐藥品性優異之樹脂層。 [Organo-titanium compound] The resin composition of the present embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. Since the resin composition contains an organotitanium compound, a resin layer excellent in chemical resistance can be formed even when it is cured at a low temperature.

作為能夠使用的有機鈦化合物,可舉出有機基經由共價鍵或離子鍵與鈦原子鍵結者。 將有機鈦化合物的具體例示於以下I)~VII)中: I)鈦螯合化合物:其中,樹脂組成物的保存穩定性優異,並且可以獲得良好的硬化圖案,從而具有兩個以上的烷氧基之鈦螯合化合物為更佳。具體的例子為二異丙醇雙(三乙醇胺)鈦、二(正丁醇)雙(2,4-戊二酮)鈦、二異丙醇雙(2,4-戊二酮)鈦、二異丙醇雙(四甲基庚二酮)鈦、二異丙醇雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為四(正丁醇)鈦、四乙醇鈦、四(2-乙基己醇)鈦、四異丁醇鈦、四異丙醇鈦、四甲醇鈦、四甲氧基丙醇鈦、四甲基苯氧化鈦、四(正壬醇)鈦、四(正丙醇)鈦、四硬脂醇鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丁醇}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如為五甲基環戊二烯基三甲醇鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為三(二辛基磷酸酯)異丙醇鈦、三(十二烷苯基磺酸酯)異丙醇鈦等。 V)氧化鈦化合物:例如為氧化鈦雙(戊二酮)、氧化鈦雙(四甲基庚二酮)、酞菁氧化鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮鈦化合物:例如為四乙醯丙酮鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如為異丙基三十二烷基苯磺醯鈦酸鹽等。 As an organotitanium compound which can be used, the thing which an organic group couple|bonded with a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond is mentioned. Specific examples of organotitanium compounds are shown in the following I) to VII): I) Titanium chelate compound: Among them, the resin composition has excellent storage stability and can obtain a good hardened pattern, so the titanium chelate compound having two or more alkoxy groups is more preferable. Specific examples are diisopropoxide bis(triethanolamine) titanium, di(n-butanol) bis(2,4-pentanedione) titanium, diisopropoxide bis(2,4-pentanedione) titanium, diisopropoxide bis(2,4-pentanedione) titanium, Isopropanol bis (tetramethylheptanedione) titanium, diisopropanol bis (ethyl acetate) titanium, etc. II) Titanium tetraalkoxide compounds: for example, titanium tetra(n-butoxide), titanium tetraethoxide, titanium tetrakis(2-ethylhexanol), titanium tetraisobutoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxide, titanium tetramethoxide, Titanium Tetramethoxypropoxide, Titanium Tetramethylphenoxide, Titanium Tetra(n-nonanol), Titanium Tetra(n-propoxide), Titanium Tetrastearyloxide, Tetrakis[bis{2,2-(allyloxy) Methyl) butanol}] titanium and so on. III) Titanocene compounds: for example, titanium pentamethylcyclopentadienyltrimethoxide, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium , bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl) titanium, etc. IV) Monoalkoxytitanium compounds: for example, tris(dioctyl phosphate) titanium isopropoxide, tris(dodecylphenyl sulfonate) titanium isopropoxide, and the like. V) Titanium oxide compound: for example, titanium oxide bis(pentanedione), titanium oxide bis(tetramethylheptanedione), phthalocyanine titanium oxide, and the like. VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compound: for example, titanium tetraacetylacetonate, etc. VII) Titanate coupling agent: for example, isopropyl tridodecylbenzenesulfonic acid titanate and the like.

其中,作為有機鈦化合物,從發揮更良好的耐藥品性之觀點考慮,選自包括上述I)鈦螯合化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物之群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳。尤其,二異丙醇雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、四(正丁醇)鈦及雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦為較佳。Among them, as the organotitanium compound, from the viewpoint of exerting better chemical resistance, it is selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned I) titanium chelate compound, II) tetraalkoxytitanium compound and III) titanocene compound At least one compound is preferred. In particular, bis(ethylacetate)titanium diisopropoxide, tetrakis(n-butoxide)titanium, and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro- 3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium is preferred.

在配合有機鈦化合物之情況下,其配合量相對於特定樹脂100質量份為0.05~10質量份為較佳,更較佳為0.1~2質量份。在配合量為0.05質量份以上之情況下,所獲得之硬化圖案更有效地顯現出良好的耐熱性及耐藥品性,另一方面,在配合量為10質量份以下之情況下,組成物的保存穩定性更優異。When the organic titanium compound is blended, the blending amount is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. When the compounding amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the obtained cured pattern exhibits good heat resistance and chemical resistance more effectively. On the other hand, when the compounding amount is 10 parts by mass or less, the The storage stability is more excellent.

〔抗氧化劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含抗氧化劑。藉由含有抗氧化劑作為添加劑,能夠提高硬化後的膜的伸長特性和與金屬材料的密接性。作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物及硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用作為酚系抗氧化劑已知之任意的酚化合物。作為較佳的酚化合物,可舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)上具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為上述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代的烷基為較佳。又,抗氧化劑為在相同分子內具有酚基及亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-三級丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺及亞磷酸乙基雙(2,4-二-三級丁基-6-甲基苯基)等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如可舉出Adekastab AO-20、Adekastab AO-30、Adekastab AO-40、Adekastab AO-50、Adekastab AO-50F、Adekastab AO-60、Adekastab AO-60G、Adekastab AO-80及Adekastab AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,本發明的組成物依據需要可以含有潛在的抗氧化劑。作為潛在的抗氧化劑,可舉出發揮抗氧化劑作用之部位被保護基保護之化合物,且為藉由在100~250℃下進行加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒存在下在80~200℃下進行加熱以使保護基脫離而發揮抗氧化劑作用之化合物。作為潛在的抗氧化劑,可舉出國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號及日本特開2017-008219號公報中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為潛在的抗氧化劑的市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLSGPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。 作為較佳的抗氧化劑的例子,可舉出2,2-硫代雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基酚)、2,6-二-三級丁基酚及由式(3)表示之化合物。 〔Antioxidants〕 The composition of the present invention may contain antioxidants. By containing an antioxidant as an additive, the elongation property of the film after hardening and the adhesiveness with a metal material can be improved. As an antioxidant, a phenol compound, a phosphite compound, a thioether compound, etc. are mentioned. As the phenolic compound, any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. A hindered phenol compound is mentioned as a preferable phenol compound. A compound having a substituent at a position adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group (ortho position) is preferred. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable. Moreover, it is also preferable that the antioxidant is a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. In addition, phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be preferably used as antioxidants. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2] Dioxaphosphin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tertiarybutyldibenzo[d,f] [1,3,2]Dioxaphosphin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine and phosphite ethylbis(2,4-di-tertiarybutyl-6-methyl) phenyl) etc. Examples of commercially available antioxidants include Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO- 80 and Adekastab AO-330 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), etc. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used as antioxidants, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. Moreover, the composition of this invention may contain a latent antioxidant as needed. As potential antioxidants, compounds in which the site that acts as an antioxidant is protected by a protective group can be mentioned, and are prepared by heating at 100 to 250°C or at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. A compound that acts as an antioxidant when heated to remove the protecting group. Examples of potential antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-008219, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. As a commercial item of a potential antioxidant, ADEKA ARKLSGPA-5001 (made by ADEKA CORPORATION) etc. are mentioned. Examples of preferable antioxidants include 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,6-di-tertiary butylphenol, and compounds represented by the formula (3 ) represented by the compound.

[化學式48]

Figure 02_image094
[Chemical formula 48]
Figure 02_image094

通式(3)中,R 5表示氫原子或碳數2以上(較佳為碳數2~10)的烷基,R 6表示碳數2以上(較佳為碳數2~10)的伸烷基。R 7表示碳數2以上(較佳為碳數2~10)的伸烷基、包含氧原子及氮原子中的至少任一個之1~4價的有機基。k表示1~4的整數。 In the general formula (3), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms (preferably carbon number 2 to 10), and R 6 represents an extension of carbon number 2 or more (preferably carbon number 2 to 10). alkyl. R 7 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms (preferably, a carbon number of 2 to 10), and a 1- to 4-valent organic group containing at least any one of an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom. k represents an integer of 1-4.

由式(3)表示之化合物抑制樹脂所具有之脂肪族基和酚性羥基的氧化劣化。又,能夠藉由對金屬材料的防鏽作用來抑制金屬氧化。The compound represented by the formula (3) suppresses the oxidative deterioration of the aliphatic group and the phenolic hydroxyl group which the resin has. Moreover, metal oxidation can be suppressed by the rust preventive effect on the metal material.

能夠同時作用於樹脂和金屬材料,因此k為2~4的整數為更佳。作為R 7,可舉出烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基甲矽烷基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、-O-、-NH-、-NHNH-、組合了該等者等,還可以具有取代基。其中,從在顯影液中的溶解性和金屬密接性的觀點考慮,具有烷基醚基、-NH-為較佳,從與樹脂的相互作用和金屬錯合物形成時之金屬密接性的觀點考慮,-NH-為更佳。 Since it can act on a resin and a metal material at the same time, it is more preferable that k is an integer of 2 to 4. Examples of R 7 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, and an allyl group. group, vinyl group, heterocyclic group, -O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, a combination of these, etc., and may have a substituent. Among them, those having an alkyl ether group and -NH- are preferred from the viewpoints of solubility in a developer and metal adhesion, and from the viewpoints of interaction with resins and metal adhesion at the time of metal complex formation Consider, -NH- is better.

關於由通式(3)表示之化合物,作為例子,可舉出以下者,但是並不限於下述結構。The compounds represented by the general formula (3) include the following as examples, but are not limited to the following structures.

[化學式49]

Figure 02_image096
[Chemical formula 49]
Figure 02_image096

[化學式50]

Figure 02_image098
[Chemical formula 50]
Figure 02_image098

[化學式51]

Figure 02_image100
[Chemical formula 51]
Figure 02_image100

[化學式52]

Figure 02_image102
[Chemical formula 52]
Figure 02_image102

抗氧化劑的添加量相對於樹脂為0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.5~5質量份為更佳。藉由將添加量設為0.1質量份以上,即使在高溫高濕環境下,亦容易獲得提高伸長特性或對金屬材料之密接性的效果,並且藉由將添加量設為10質量份以下,例如藉由與光敏劑的相互作用來提高樹脂組成物的靈敏度。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。在使用2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The addition amount of the antioxidant is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, with respect to the resin. By setting the addition amount to 0.1 parts by mass or more, even in a high temperature and high humidity environment, it is easy to obtain the effect of improving elongation properties and adhesion to metal materials, and by setting the addition amount to 10 parts by mass or less, for example The sensitivity of the resin composition is improved by the interaction with the photosensitizer. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that these total amounts are in the said range.

〔抗凝聚劑〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物依據需要可以含有抗凝聚劑。作為抗凝聚劑,可舉出聚丙烯酸鈉等。 [Anti-agglomeration agent] The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an anti-agglomeration agent as needed. As an anti-agglomeration agent, sodium polyacrylate etc. are mentioned.

在本發明中,抗凝聚劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含抗凝聚劑,亦可以不包含抗凝聚劑,但是在包含之情況下,抗凝聚劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.01質量%以上且10質量%以下為較佳,0.02質量%以上且5質量%以下為更佳。 In this invention, an anti-agglomeration agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain an anti-agglomeration agent, but when included, the content of the anti-agglomeration agent is 0.01% by mass or more and 10% by mass relative to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. Mass % or less is preferable, and 0.02 mass % or more and 5 mass % or less are more preferable.

〔酚系化合物〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物依據需要可以含有酚系化合物。作為酚系化合物,可舉出Bis-Z、BisP-EZ、TekP-4HBPA、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、BisOCHP-Z、BisP-MZ、BisP-PZ、BisP-IPZ、BisOCP-IPZ、BisP-CP、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P、BisP-OCHP、亞甲基三-FR-CR、BisRS-26X(以上為產品名,Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、BIP-PC、BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-BIPC-F(以上為產品名,ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製造)等。 [Phenolic compounds] The resin composition of this embodiment may contain a phenolic compound as needed. Examples of phenolic compounds include Bis-Z, BisP-EZ, TekP-4HBPA, TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, BisOCHP-Z, BisP-MZ, BisP-PZ, BisP-IPZ, BisOCP-IPZ, BisP- CP, BisRS-2P, BisRS-3P, BisP-OCHP, Methylenetris-FR-CR, BisRS-26X (the product names above, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), BIP-PC, BIR-PC , BIR-PTBP, BIR-BIPC-F (the above is the product name, manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), etc.

在本發明中,酚系化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含酚系化合物,亦可以不包含酚系化合物,但是在包含之情況下,酚系化合物的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.01質量%以上且30質量%以下為較佳,0.02質量%以上且20質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, the phenolic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain the phenolic compound, but when included, the content of the phenolic compound is 0.01% by mass or more and 30% by mass relative to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention. Mass % or less is preferable, and 0.02 mass % or more and 20 mass % or less are more preferable.

〔其他高分子化合物〕 作為其他高分子化合物,可舉出矽氧烷樹脂、將(甲基)丙烯酸進行共聚而獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物、酚醛清漆樹脂、甲酚樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂及該等共聚物等。其他高分子化合物可以為導入有羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、環氧基等交聯基之改質體。 [Other polymer compounds] Examples of other polymer compounds include siloxane resins, (meth)acrylic polymers obtained by copolymerizing (meth)acrylic acid, novolak resins, cresol resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, and copolymers thereof. things etc. The other polymer compound may be a modified product into which a cross-linking group such as a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, and an epoxy group is introduced.

在本發明中,其他高分子化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含其他高分子化合物,亦可以不包含其他高分子化合物,但是在包含之情況下,其他高分子化合物的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.01質量%以上且30質量%以下為較佳,0.02質量%以上且20質量%以下為更佳。 In the present invention, other polymer compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may or may not contain other polymer compounds, but when included, the content of the other polymer compounds is 0.01% by mass relative to the total solid mass of the composition of the present invention More than 30 mass % is preferable, and 0.02 mass % or more and 20 mass % or less are more preferable.

<樹脂組成物的特性> 關於本發明的樹脂組成物的黏度,能夠藉由樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度來調整。從塗佈膜厚的觀點考慮,1,000mm 2/s~12,000mm 2/s為較佳,2,000mm 2/s~10,000mm 2/s為更佳,3,000mm 2/s~8,000mm 2/s為進一步較佳。只要在上述範圍內,則容易獲得均勻性高的塗佈膜。在為1,000mm 2/s以下時,例如難以以作為再配線用絕緣膜所需要之膜厚進行塗佈,在為12,000mm 2/s以上時,塗佈表面形態有可能變差。 <Characteristics of the resin composition> The viscosity of the resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted by the solid content concentration of the resin composition. From the viewpoint of coating film thickness, 1,000 mm 2 /s to 12,000 mm 2 /s is preferable, 2,000 mm 2 /s to 10,000 mm 2 /s is more preferable, and 3,000 mm 2 /s to 8,000 mm 2 /s for further better. As long as it is in the said range, it becomes easy to obtain the coating film with high uniformity. When it is 1,000 mm 2 /s or less, for example, it is difficult to coat with a film thickness required as an insulating film for rewiring, and when it is 12,000 mm 2 /s or more, the coating surface morphology may be deteriorated.

<關於樹脂組成物的含有物質的限制> 本發明的樹脂組成物的含水率小於2.0質量%為較佳,小於1.5質量%為更佳,小於1.0質量%為進一步較佳。在為2.0%以上時,有可能損害樹脂組成物的保存穩定性。 作為維持水分的含量之方法,可舉出調整保管條件中之濕度及降低保管時的收容容器的孔隙率等。 <Restrictions on Substances Contained in Resin Compositions> The water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 2.0% by mass, more preferably less than 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably less than 1.0% by mass. When it is 2.0% or more, the storage stability of the resin composition may be impaired. As a method of maintaining the moisture content, adjustment of the humidity in the storage conditions, reduction of the porosity of the storage container at the time of storage, and the like are exemplified.

從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、銅、鉻、鎳等,但是作為有機化合物與金屬的錯合物而包含之金屬除外。在包含複數個金屬之情況下,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From the viewpoint of insulating properties, the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million (parts per million)), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm good. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, copper, chromium, nickel, and the like, with the exception of metals included as complexes of organic compounds and metals. When a plurality of metals are contained, it is preferable that the sum of these metals is within the above-mentioned range.

又,作為減少意外包含於本發明的樹脂組成物中之金屬雜質之方法,能夠舉出如下方法:選擇金屬含量少的原料作為構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料;對構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾;將聚四氟乙烯等內襯於裝置內以在盡可能抑制污染之條件下進行蒸餾。Further, as a method for reducing the metal impurities accidentally contained in the resin composition of the present invention, there can be mentioned a method of selecting a raw material with a small metal content as a raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention; The raw material of the product is filtered through a filter; the polytetrafluoroethylene and the like are lined in the device to conduct distillation under the condition that the pollution is suppressed as much as possible.

若考慮本發明的樹脂組成物作為半導體材料的用途,則從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可舉出氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調節鹵素原子的含量之方法,可較佳地舉出離子交換處理等。 Considering the use of the resin composition of the present invention as a semiconductor material, from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion, the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 200 mass ppm good. Among them, it is preferable that it is less than 5 mass ppm in the state of halide ions, it is more preferable that it is less than 1 mass ppm, and it is more preferable that it is less than 0.5 mass ppm. As a halogen atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom are mentioned. The total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chlorine ions and bromine ions is preferably within the above ranges, respectively. As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment and the like are preferably used.

作為本發明的樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用先前公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,為了抑制雜質混入原材料或本發明的樹脂組成物中,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、將6種樹脂形成為7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為該種容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中所記載之容器。As the storage container of the resin composition of the present invention, a conventionally known storage container can be used. Further, as the container, in order to suppress the contamination of impurities into the raw material or the resin composition of the present invention, it is also preferable to use a multilayer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 kinds of 6-layer resins, or a bottle in which 6 kinds of resins are formed into a 7-layer structure. As such a container, the container described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2015-123351 is mentioned, for example.

<樹脂組成物的硬化物> 藉由將本發明的樹脂組成物進行硬化,能夠獲得該樹脂組成物的硬化物。 本發明的硬化物為硬化本發明的樹脂組成物而成之硬化物。 樹脂組成物的硬化藉由加熱進行為較佳,加熱溫度在120℃~400℃的範圍內為更佳,在140℃~380℃的範圍內為進一步較佳,在170℃~350℃的範圍內為特佳。樹脂組成物的硬化物的形態並無特別限定,能夠依據用途選擇薄膜狀、棒狀、球狀、顆粒狀等。在本發明中,該硬化物為薄膜狀為較佳。又,藉由樹脂組成物的圖案加工,亦能夠依據在壁面上形成保護膜,形成用於導通的穴(Beer hall)、調整阻抗或靜電容量或者內部應力、賦放熱功能予等用途選擇該硬化物的形狀。該硬化物(包括硬化物之膜)的膜厚為0.5μm以上且150μm以下為較佳。 將本發明的樹脂組成物進行硬化時的收縮率為50%以下為較佳,45%以下為更佳,40%以下為進一步較佳。其中,收縮率係指樹脂組成物的硬化前後的體積變化的百分率,並且能夠藉由下述的式來進行計算。 收縮率[%]=100-(硬化後的體積÷硬化前的體積)×100 <The cured product of the resin composition> By curing the resin composition of the present invention, a cured product of the resin composition can be obtained. The cured product of the present invention is a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition of the present invention. The hardening of the resin composition is preferably carried out by heating, and the heating temperature is more preferably in the range of 120°C to 400°C, more preferably in the range of 140°C to 380°C, and in the range of 170°C to 350°C Excellent inside. The form of the cured product of the resin composition is not particularly limited, and a film form, a rod form, a spherical form, a granular form, and the like can be selected according to the application. In the present invention, the cured product is preferably in the form of a film. In addition, by patterning the resin composition, the curing can also be selected for the purpose of forming a protective film on the wall surface, forming a beer hall for conduction, adjusting impedance, capacitance, internal stress, and imparting heat release function. shape of things. The film thickness of the cured product (including the film of the cured product) is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 150 μm or less. The shrinkage ratio when the resin composition of the present invention is cured is preferably 50% or less, more preferably 45% or less, and even more preferably 40% or less. Here, the shrinkage rate refers to the percentage of volume change before and after curing of the resin composition, and can be calculated by the following formula. Shrinkage rate [%]=100-(volume after hardening÷volume before hardening)×100

<樹脂組成物的硬化物的特性> 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的醯亞胺化反應率為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。在小於70%時,硬化物的機械特性有可能差。 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的斷裂伸長率為30%以上為較佳,40%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為180℃以上為較佳,210℃以上為更佳,230℃以上為進一步較佳。 <Characteristics of cured product of resin composition> The imidization reaction rate of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. When it is less than 70%, the mechanical properties of the cured product may be poor. The elongation at break of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 180° C. or higher, more preferably 210° C. or higher, and even more preferably 230° C. or higher.

<樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠藉由先前公知的方法來進行。 混合能夠採用基於攪拌葉片之混合、基於球磨之混合、使罐本身旋轉之混合等。 混合中的溫度為10~30℃為較佳,15~25℃為更佳。 <Preparation of resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known method. The mixing can employ mixing based on a stirring blade, mixing based on a ball mill, mixing by rotating the tank itself, and the like. The temperature during mixing is preferably 10 to 30°C, more preferably 15 to 25°C.

又,為了去除本發明的樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。可舉出過濾器孔徑例如為5μm以下之態樣,1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質為聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。當過濾器的材質為聚乙烯之情況下,HDPE(高密度聚乙烯)為更佳。過濾器可以使用藉由有機溶劑預先清洗者。在過濾器的過濾步驟中,亦可以串聯或並聯連接複數種過濾器而使用。在使用複數種過濾器之情況下,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同之過濾器。作為連接態樣,例如可舉出作為第1段串聯連接孔徑1μm的HDPE過濾器且作為第2段串聯連接孔徑0.2μm的HDPE過濾器之態樣。又,可以將各種材料過濾複數次。在過濾複數次之情況下,可以為循環過濾。又,亦可以在加壓之後進行過濾。當進行加壓和過濾之情況下,可舉出進行加壓之壓力例如為0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下之態樣,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為較佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.5MPa以下為進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,還可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。亦可以組合過濾器過濾與使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可舉出矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。 另外,亦可以實施使用過濾器進行過濾之後將填充於瓶之樹脂組成物置於減壓下進行脫氣之步驟。 In addition, in order to remove foreign matter, such as dust and fine particles, in the resin composition of the present invention, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter. The filter pore diameter is, for example, 5 μm or less, preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. When the filter material is polyethylene, HDPE (high density polyethylene) is better. Filters can be used pre-cleaned with organic solvents. In the filtering step of the filter, a plurality of filters may be connected in series or in parallel and used. In the case of using a plurality of filters, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. As a connection aspect, for example, an HDPE filter having a pore diameter of 1 μm is connected in series as a first stage, and an HDPE filter having a pore diameter of 0.2 μm is connected in series as a second stage. Also, various materials can be filtered multiple times. In the case of filtering multiple times, it can be a loop filtering. Moreover, you may filter after pressurization. In the case of pressurization and filtration, the pressure for pressurization is, for example, 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, preferably 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less, and 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.5 MPa or less. In addition to filtration using a filter, impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent can also be performed. It is also possible to combine filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using adsorbent materials. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be mentioned. In addition, the step of degassing the resin composition filled in the bottle under reduced pressure after filtration using a filter may be implemented.

(硬化物的製造方法) 本發明的硬化物之製造方法包括將樹脂組成物適用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟為較佳。 又,本發明的硬化物之製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟、選擇性地曝光藉由膜形成步驟形成之膜之曝光步驟及使用顯影液顯影藉由曝光步驟曝光之膜來形成圖案之顯影步驟為更佳。 本發明的硬化物之製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟、上述曝光步驟、上述顯影步驟以及加熱藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案之加熱步驟及曝光藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案之顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者為特佳。 又,本發明之製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟及加熱上述膜之步驟亦較佳。 以下,對各步驟的詳細內容進行說明。 (Manufacturing method of hardened product) It is preferable that the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention includes the film formation process of forming a film by applying a resin composition to a base material. Moreover, the manufacturing method of the cured product of the present invention includes the above-mentioned film forming step, an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed by the film forming step, and a developing step of developing the film exposed by the exposure step using a developer to form a pattern as follows: better. The method for producing a cured product of the present invention includes at least one of the above-mentioned film forming step, the above-mentioned exposure step, the above-mentioned developing step, and a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step and a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained by the developing step. One is the best. Moreover, it is also preferable that the manufacturing method of this invention includes the said film formation step and the step of heating the said film. Hereinafter, the details of each step will be described.

<膜形成步驟> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠用於適用於基材上來形成膜之膜形成步驟。 本發明的硬化物之製造方法包括將樹脂組成物適用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟為較佳。 <Film formation step> The resin composition of the present invention can be used in a film forming step suitable for forming a film on a substrate. It is preferable that the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention includes the film formation process of forming a film by applying a resin composition to a base material.

〔基材〕 基材的種類能夠依據用途適當設定,但是並無特別限制,可舉出矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材(例如,可以為由金屬形成之基材及例如藉由電鍍或蒸鍍等而形成金屬層之基材中的任一個)、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗式玻璃)、TFT(薄膜電晶體)陣列基材、模具基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等。在本發明中,尤其半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材及模具基材為更佳。 又,在該等基材的表面上可以設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等製成之密接層和氧化層等層。 又,基材的形狀並無特別限定,可以為圓形,亦可以為矩形。 作為基材的尺寸,若為圓形,則例如直徑為100~450mm,較佳為200~450mm。若為矩形,則例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm,較佳為200~700mm。 又,作為基材,例如可以使用板狀、較佳為面板狀的基材(基板)。 [Substrate] The type of the substrate can be appropriately set according to the application, but it is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include semiconductor production substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, vapor Metal substrates such as coating films, magnetic films, reflective films, Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe, etc. ), paper, SOG (Spin On Glass: spin-on glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrates, mold substrates, electrode plates for plasma display panels (PDP), etc. In the present invention, especially semiconductor fabrication substrates are preferred, and silicon substrates, Cu substrates and mold substrates are even more preferred. In addition, layers such as an adhesion layer and an oxide layer made of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like may be provided on the surfaces of these substrates. In addition, the shape of the base material is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular. As a size of a base material, if it is a circle, a diameter is 100-450 mm, for example, Preferably it is 200-450 mm. In the case of a rectangle, the length of the short side is, for example, 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm. Moreover, as a base material, for example, a plate-shaped, preferably panel-shaped base material (substrate) can be used.

又,在樹脂層(例如,包括硬化物之層)的表面或金屬層的表面上適用樹脂組成物而形成膜之情況下,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。Moreover, when forming a film by applying a resin composition to the surface of a resin layer (for example, the layer containing a hardened|cured material) or the surface of a metal layer, a resin layer or a metal layer becomes a base material.

作為將本發明的樹脂組成物適用於基材上之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method of applying the resin composition of the present invention to a substrate, coating is preferable.

作為所適用之方法,具體而言,可例示浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠壓塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴墨法等。從膜的厚度的均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法或噴墨法,從膜的厚度的均勻性的觀點及生產率的觀點考慮,旋塗法及狹縫塗佈法為較佳。依據方法調整樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度或塗佈條件,從而能夠獲得所期望的厚度的膜。又,亦能夠依據基材的形狀適當選擇塗佈方法,若為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法、噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,若為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在為旋塗法的情況下,例如能夠以500~3,500rpm的轉速適用10秒鐘~3分鐘左右。 又,亦能夠適用將藉由上述賦予方法預先賦予至偽支撐體上而形成之塗膜轉印到基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,本發明中亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023段、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中所記載之製作方法。 又,可以進行在基材的端部中去除多餘的膜的步驟。在該種步驟的例子中,可舉出邊珠沖洗(EBR)、背面沖洗(Back rinse)等。 又,亦可以採用預濕步驟,該預濕步驟在將樹脂組成物塗佈於基材上之前,對基材塗佈各種溶劑以提高基材的潤濕性之後,塗佈樹脂組成物。 Specific examples of the applicable method include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, and spin coating. method, slit coating method, inkjet method, etc. From the viewpoint of uniformity of film thickness, spin coating method, slit coating method, spray method or inkjet method are more preferred, and from the viewpoint of uniformity of film thickness and productivity, spin coating method and The slit coating method is preferred. A film having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration or coating conditions of the resin composition according to the method. In addition, the coating method can also be appropriately selected according to the shape of the substrate. In the case of a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet method, etc. are preferred, and in the case of a rectangular substrate, slit A coating method, a spraying method, an inkjet method, etc. are preferable. In the case of the spin coating method, for example, it can be applied at a rotational speed of 500 to 3,500 rpm for about 10 seconds to 3 minutes. Moreover, the method of transcribe|transferring the coating film formed by the said application method to a dummy support beforehand is also applicable to a base material. Regarding the transfer method, the production method described in paragraphs 0023 and 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-047592 can also be preferably used in the present invention. . Also, a step of removing excess film in the end portion of the base material may be performed. Examples of such a step include edge bead rinse (EBR), back rinse (Back rinse), and the like. In addition, a pre-wetting step may be employed, in which the resin composition is applied after various solvents are applied to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate before the resin composition is applied to the substrate.

<乾燥步驟> 上述膜在膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)之後,為了去除溶劑,可以提供給乾燥所形成之膜(層)之步驟(乾燥步驟)中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括乾燥步驟,該乾燥步驟乾燥藉由膜形成步驟而形成之膜。 又,上述乾燥步驟在膜形成步驟之後且在曝光步驟之前進行為較佳。 乾燥步驟中之膜的乾燥溫度為50~150℃為較佳,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。又,亦可以藉由減壓來進行乾燥。作為乾燥時間,可例示30秒鐘~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,2分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。 <Drying step> After the film forming step (layer forming step), the above-mentioned film may be applied to the step (drying step) of drying the formed film (layer) in order to remove the solvent. That is, the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention may include the drying process which dries the film formed by the film formation process. Moreover, it is preferable to perform the said drying process after a film formation process and before an exposure process. The drying temperature of the film in the drying step is preferably 50-150°C, more preferably 70-130°C, and further preferably 90-110°C. Moreover, drying can also be performed by reducing pressure. As the drying time, 30 seconds to 20 minutes can be exemplified, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 2 minutes to 7 minutes.

<曝光步驟> 上述膜可以提供於選擇性地曝光膜之曝光步驟中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括曝光步驟,該曝光步驟選擇性地曝光藉由膜形成步驟而形成之膜。 選擇性地曝光表示對膜的一部分進行曝光。又,藉由選擇性地曝光,在膜上形成經曝光之區域(曝光部)和未經曝光的區域(非曝光部)。 關於曝光量,只要能夠將本發明的樹脂組成物硬化,則並無特別限定,例如以在波長365nm下的曝光能量換算為50~10,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,200~8,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 <Exposure step> The above-mentioned film may be provided in the exposure step of selectively exposing the film. That is, the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention may include the exposure process which selectively exposes the film formed by the film formation process. Selectively exposing means exposing a portion of the film. Moreover, by selectively exposing, the exposed area (exposed part) and the unexposed area (non-exposed part) are formed on the film. The exposure amount is not particularly limited as long as the resin composition of the present invention can be cured. For example, the exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 50 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 , and 200 to 8,000 mJ/cm 2 for better.

曝光波長能夠在190~1,000nm的範圍內適當設定,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set within the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, and is preferably 240 to 550 nm.

關於曝光波長,若以與光源的關係進行說明,則可舉出(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm、355nm etc.)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的第二諧波532nm且第三諧波355nm等。關於本發明的樹脂組成物,尤其基於高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,其中,基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,可以獲得尤其高的曝光靈敏度。 又,用於曝光之曝光用光包含波長405nm的光亦較佳。 又,曝光的方式並無特別限定,只要為曝光包括本發明的樹脂組成物之膜的至少一部分之方式即可,但是可舉出使用了光罩之曝光、基於雷射直接成像法之曝光等。 Regarding the exposure wavelength, if the relationship with the light source is described, (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, 375nm, 355nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) ) High pressure mercury lamp, g-ray (wavelength 436nm), h-ray (wavelength 405nm), i-ray (wavelength 365nm), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h, i-ray), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser radiation (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beam, (7) YAG laser The second harmonic of the radiation is 532nm and the third harmonic is 355nm, etc. Regarding the resin composition of the present invention, exposure by a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferable, and among them, exposure by i-ray is preferable. Thereby, a particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained. Moreover, it is also preferable that the exposure light used for exposure contains light with a wavelength of 405 nm. In addition, the method of exposure is not particularly limited, as long as it is a method of exposing at least a part of the film including the resin composition of the present invention, and exposure using a mask, exposure by direct laser imaging, etc. .

<曝光後加熱步驟> 上述膜可以提供給在曝光後進行加熱之步驟(曝光後加熱步驟)中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括曝光後加熱步驟,該曝光後加熱步驟加熱藉由曝光步驟進行曝光之膜。 曝光後加熱步驟能夠在曝光步驟之後且在顯影步驟之前進行。 曝光後加熱步驟中之加熱溫度為50℃~140℃為較佳,60℃~120℃為更佳。 曝光後加熱步驟中之加熱時間為30秒鐘~300分鐘為較佳,1分鐘~10分鐘為更佳。 關於曝光後加熱步驟中之升溫速度,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度為1~12℃/分鐘為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。 又,升溫速度可以在加熱過程中適當變更。 作為曝光後加熱步驟中之加熱機構,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的加熱板、烘箱、紅外線加熱器等。 又,藉由在加熱時使氮氣、氦氣、氬氣等非活性氣體流過等而在低氧濃度的環境下進行亦較佳。 <Heating step after exposure> The above-mentioned film may be provided in a step of heating after exposure (post-exposure heating step). That is, the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention may include the post-exposure heating process which heats the film exposed by the exposure process. The post-exposure heating step can be performed after the exposure step and before the developing step. The heating temperature in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 50°C to 140°C, more preferably 60°C to 120°C. The heating time in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 30 seconds to 300 minutes, more preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes. Regarding the heating rate in the post-exposure heating step, the temperature from the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature is preferably 1 to 12°C/min, more preferably 2 to 10°C/min, and still more preferably 3 to 10°C/min good. In addition, the temperature increase rate can be appropriately changed during the heating process. It does not specifically limit as a heating means in a post-exposure heating process, A well-known hot plate, oven, infrared heater, etc. can be used. Moreover, it is also preferable to carry out in the environment of a low oxygen concentration by flowing inert gas, such as nitrogen gas, helium gas, and argon gas, etc. at the time of heating.

<顯影步驟> 曝光後的上述膜可以提供於使用顯影液進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括顯影步驟,該顯影步驟使用顯影液對藉由曝光步驟進行曝光之膜進行顯影而形成圖案。 藉由進行顯影,去除膜的曝光部及非曝光部中的一者來形成圖案。 其中,將藉由顯影步驟去除膜的非曝光部之顯影稱為負型顯影,將藉由顯影步驟去除膜的曝光部之顯影稱為正型顯影。 <Development step> The above-mentioned film after exposure can be provided in the developing step of forming a pattern by developing with a developing solution. That is, the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention may include the developing process which develops the film exposed by the exposure process using a developing solution, and forms a pattern. By performing development, one of an exposed part and a non-exposed part of a film is removed, and a pattern is formed. Among them, the development of removing the non-exposed portion of the film by the development step is called negative development, and the development of removing the exposed portion of the film by the development step is called positive development.

〔顯影液〕 作為顯影步驟中所使用之顯影液,可舉出含有鹼水溶液或有機溶劑之顯影液。 [Developer] As the developing solution used in the image development step, a developing solution containing an alkaline aqueous solution or an organic solvent is exemplified.

當顯影液為鹼水溶液之情況下,作為鹼水溶液能夠含有之鹼性化合物,可舉出無機鹼類、一級胺類、二級胺類、三級胺類、四級銨鹽,TMAH(氫氧化四甲基銨)、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、氫氧化鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨、乙胺、正丙基胺、二乙胺、二正丁基胺、三乙胺、甲基二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化四戊基銨、氫氧化四己基銨、氫氧化四辛基銨、氫氧化乙基三甲基銨、氫氧化丁基三甲基銨、氫氧化甲基三戊基銨、氫氧化二丁基二戊基銨、氫氧化二甲基雙(2-羥乙基)銨、氫氧化三甲基苯基銨、氫氧化三甲基苄基銨、氫氧化三乙基苄基銨、吡咯、哌啶為較佳,更佳為TMAH。例如在使用TMAH之情況下,顯影液中之鹼性化合物的含量在顯影液總質量中為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。When the developing solution is an alkaline aqueous solution, the alkaline compounds that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include inorganic bases, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, quaternary ammonium salts, TMAH (hydroxide Tetramethylammonium), potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine, triethylamine, Methyldiethylamine, Dimethylethanolamine, Triethanolamine, Tetraethylammonium Hydroxide, Tetrapropylammonium Hydroxide, Tetrabutylammonium Hydroxide, Tetrapentylammonium Hydroxide, Tetrahexylammonium Hydroxide, Hydroxide Tetraoctylammonium, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltripentylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2) hydroxide -Hydroxyethyl)ammonium, trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, pyrrole and piperidine are preferred, and TMAH is more preferred. For example, in the case of using TMAH, the content of the alkaline compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass in the total mass of the developer. good.

當顯影液含有有機溶劑之情況下,有機溶劑作為酯類例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環狀烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類、作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸以及作為醇類,可較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等以及作為醯胺類,可較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the developing solution contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent as esters can preferably include, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, Isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetate ( Example: methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, ethoxyacetic acid methyl ester, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), 3-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example: methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkoxypropionic acid Alkyl esters (for example: methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, Ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), 2-alkoxy-2- Methyl methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate acid ethyl ester, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate etc., and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve can be preferably cited Agent acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and as ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N -Methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc., and cyclic hydrocarbons, for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, cyclic terpenes such as limonene, Preferred examples of alcohols include dimethyl sulfoxide, and preferred examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, amyl alcohol, octanol, diethylene glycol, and propylene glycol. , methyl isobutyl methanol, triethylene glycol, etc., and as the amides, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, etc. are preferably mentioned.

在顯影液包含有機溶劑之情況下,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。在本發明中,尤其包含選自包括環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及環己酮之群組中之至少一種之顯影液為較佳,包含選自包括環戊酮、γ-丁內酯及二甲基亞碸之群組中之至少一種之顯影液為更佳,包含環戊酮之顯影液為最佳。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, a developer especially comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and cyclohexanone More preferably, the developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone and dimethylsulfoxide is more preferable, and the developer containing cyclopentanone is the most preferable.

當顯影液含有有機溶劑之情況下,相對於顯影液的總質量之有機溶劑的含量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。又,上述含量可以為100質量%。When the developing solution contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the developing solution is preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 70 mass % or more, further preferably 80 mass % or more, and 90 mass % or more. % or more is excellent. Moreover, the said content may be 100 mass %.

顯影液可以進一步包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如可舉出公知的界面活性劑和公知的消泡劑等。 The developer may further contain other components. As another component, a well-known surfactant, a well-known antifoaming agent, etc. are mentioned, for example.

〔顯影液的供給方法〕 關於顯影液的供給方法,只要能夠形成所期望的圖案,則並無特別限制,存在將形成有膜之基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、使用噴嘴向形成於基材上之膜供給顯影液以進行旋覆浸沒顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可舉出直式噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,使用直式噴嘴供給顯影液之方法或使用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從顯影液向圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,使用噴霧噴嘴進行供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用在使用直式噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,在旋轉乾燥之後再次使用直式噴嘴連續供給之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液之步驟,亦可以反覆進行複數次該步驟。 又,作為顯影步驟中之顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用將顯影液連續地供給至基材之步驟、在基材上使顯影液保持大致靜止狀態之步驟、在基材上利用超聲波等使顯影液振動之步驟及組合了該等之步驟等。 [How to supply developer] The method for supplying the developer is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and there are methods of immersing the substrate on which the film is formed in the developer, and supplying the developer to the film formed on the substrate using a nozzle In order to carry out spin-on immersion development or continuous supply of developer. The type of the nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, and a spray nozzle. From the viewpoints of the permeability of the developer, the removal of the non-image area, and the production efficiency, the method of supplying the developer using a straight nozzle or the method of continuously supplying the developer using a spray nozzle is preferable. From the viewpoint of the permeability of the part, the method of supplying using a spray nozzle is more preferable. Also, after the developer is continuously supplied using the straight nozzle, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and after the continuous supply using the straight nozzle again after spin drying, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate. The step of liquid solution can also be repeated several times. In addition, as a method of supplying the developer in the developing step, a step of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a step of keeping the developer in a substantially stationary state on the substrate, and developing the substrate by ultrasonic waves or the like can be employed The steps of liquid vibration and the steps combining these, etc.

作為顯影時間,10秒鐘~10分鐘為較佳,20秒鐘~5分鐘為更佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並無特別限定,能夠較佳為在10~45℃下進行,更較佳為在18℃~30℃下進行。The development time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, and more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developing solution at the time of development is not particularly limited, but it can be preferably performed at 10 to 45°C, and more preferably at 18 to 30°C.

在顯影步驟中,在使用了顯影液之處理之後,可以進一步進行使用沖洗液之圖案的清洗(沖洗)。又,可以採用與圖案接觸之顯影液沒有完全乾燥之前供給沖洗液等的方法。In the developing step, after the treatment with the developing solution, cleaning (rinsing) of the pattern using the rinsing solution may be further performed. In addition, a method of supplying a rinsing liquid or the like may be employed before the developing liquid in contact with the pattern is completely dried.

〔沖洗液〕 在顯影液為鹼水溶液之情況下,作為沖洗液,例如能夠使用水。在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,作為沖洗液,例如能夠使用與顯影液中所包含之溶劑不同之溶劑(例如,水、與顯影液中所包含之有機溶劑不同之有機溶劑)。 [Rinse fluid] When the developing solution is an alkaline aqueous solution, for example, water can be used as the rinsing solution. In the case where the developing solution is a developing solution containing an organic solvent, as the rinsing solution, for example, a solvent different from the solvent contained in the developing solution (for example, water, an organic solvent different from the organic solvent contained in the developing solution) can be used ).

作為沖洗液包含有機溶劑時的有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環狀烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類、作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸以及作為醇類,可較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等以及作為醯胺類,可較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。As the organic solvent when the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, as esters, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, Isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetate ( Example: methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, ethoxyacetic acid methyl ester, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), 3-alkoxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example: methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkoxypropionic acid Alkyl esters (for example: methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, Ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), 2-alkoxy-2- Methyl methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate acid ethyl ester, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate etc., and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve can be preferably cited Agent acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and as ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N -Methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc., and cyclic hydrocarbons, for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, cyclic terpenes such as limonene, Preferred examples of alcohols include dimethyl sulfoxide, and preferred examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, amyl alcohol, octanol, diethylene glycol, and propylene glycol. , methyl isobutyl methanol, triethylene glycol, etc., and as the amides, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, etc. are preferably mentioned.

在沖洗液包含有機溶劑之情況下,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。在本發明中,尤其環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、PGMEA、PGME為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、PGMEA、PGME為更佳,環己酮、PGMEA為進一步較佳。When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, especially cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, PGME are preferred, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone , dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA, PGME are more preferred, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA are further preferred.

在沖洗液包含有機溶劑之情況下,沖洗液的50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,亦可以為沖洗液的100質量%為有機溶劑。When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, preferably 50% by mass or more of the rinsing liquid is an organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more is an organic solvent, and more preferably 90% by mass or more is an organic solvent. Moreover, 100 mass % of the rinse liquid may be an organic solvent.

沖洗液可以進一步含有其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如可舉出公知的界面活性劑和公知的消泡劑等。 The rinse solution may further contain other ingredients. As another component, a well-known surfactant, a well-known antifoaming agent, etc. are mentioned, for example.

〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 關於沖洗液的供給方法,只要能夠形成所期望的圖案,則並無特別限制,存在將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、藉由液盤將沖洗液供給至基材之方法、以噴淋形式將沖洗液供給至基材之方法、藉由直式噴嘴等機構將沖洗液連續供給至基材之方法。 從沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,存在使用噴淋噴嘴、直式噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法,使用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從沖洗液向圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,使用噴霧噴嘴進行供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可舉出直式噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗步驟為藉由直式噴嘴將沖洗液供給或連續供給至上述曝光後的膜中之步驟為較佳,藉由噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之步驟為更佳。 又,作為沖洗步驟中之沖洗液的供給方法,能夠採用將沖洗液連續地供給至基材之步驟、在基材上使沖洗液保持大致靜止狀態之步驟、在基材上利用超聲波等使沖洗液振動之步驟及組合了該等之步驟等。 [How to supply the rinse solution] The method of supplying the rinsing liquid is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and there are a method of immersing the substrate in the rinsing liquid, a method of supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate through a liquid pan, and a method of showering A method of supplying a rinsing liquid to the substrate in the form of a method of continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate through a mechanism such as a straight nozzle. From the viewpoints of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removal of the non-image area, and the efficiency in manufacturing, there are methods of supplying the rinse liquid using a shower nozzle, a straight nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc., and the method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid using a spray nozzle is: Preferably, from the viewpoint of the permeability of the rinse liquid to the image portion, the method of supplying it using a spray nozzle is more preferable. The type of the nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, and a spray nozzle. That is, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying or continuously supplying a rinsing liquid to the above-mentioned exposed film through a straight nozzle, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid through a spray nozzle. In addition, as a method of supplying the rinsing liquid in the rinsing step, a step of continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate, a step of keeping the rinsing liquid in a substantially static state on the substrate, and rinsing the substrate with ultrasonic waves or the like can be used. The steps of liquid vibration and the steps combining these, etc.

作為沖洗時間,10秒鐘~10分鐘為較佳,20秒鐘~5分鐘為更佳。沖洗時的沖洗液的溫度並無特別限定,能夠較佳為在10~45℃下進行,更較佳為在18℃~30℃下進行。The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, and more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the rinsing liquid at the time of rinsing is not particularly limited, but it can be preferably performed at 10 to 45°C, and more preferably at 18 to 30°C.

<加熱步驟> 藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案(在進行沖洗步驟之情況下為沖洗後的圖案)可以提供給加熱藉由上述顯影而獲得之圖案之加熱步驟中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括加熱步驟,該加熱步驟加熱藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案。 又,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括加熱步驟,該加熱步驟加熱在不進行顯影步驟的狀態下藉由其他方法而獲得之圖案或藉由膜形成步驟而獲得之膜。 加熱步驟中,使聚醯胺酸酯等樹脂環化而成為聚醯亞胺等樹脂。 又,亦進行特定樹脂或除了特定樹脂以外的交聯劑中之未反應的交聯性基的交聯等。 作為加熱步驟中之加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50~450℃為較佳,150~350℃為更佳,150~250℃為進一步較佳,160~250℃為更進一步較佳,160~230℃為特佳。 <Heating step> The pattern obtained by the developing step (the rinsed pattern in the case of performing the rinsing step) may be supplied to the heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the above-described development. That is, the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention may include the heating process which heats the pattern obtained by the developing process. Moreover, the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention may include the heating process which heats the pattern obtained by another method or the film obtained by the film formation process in the state which does not carry out the developing process. In the heating step, resins such as polyimide are cyclized into resins such as polyimide. Moreover, the crosslinking etc. of the unreacted crosslinkable group in a specific resin or a crosslinking agent other than a specific resin are also performed. As the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step, 50-450°C is preferable, 150-350°C is more preferable, 150-250°C is further preferable, 160-250°C is further preferable, 160- 230°C is particularly preferred.

加熱步驟藉由加熱,利用從上述鹼產生劑產生之鹼等的作用,在上述圖案內促進上述聚醯胺酸酯的環化反應之步驟為較佳。The heating step is preferably a step of promoting the cyclization reaction of the above-mentioned polyamic acid ester in the above-mentioned pattern by the action of the base or the like generated from the above-mentioned alkali generator by heating.

關於加熱步驟中之加熱,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳。上述升溫速度為2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產率,並且防止酸或溶劑的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和硬化物的殘存應力。 另外,在為能夠急速加熱的烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~8℃/秒鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒鐘為更佳,3~6℃/秒鐘為進一步較佳。 The heating in the heating step is preferably performed at a temperature increase rate of 1 to 12° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature. The above-mentioned temperature increase rate is more preferably 2 to 10° C./min, and even more preferably 3 to 10° C./min. By setting the temperature increase rate to 1°C/min or more, productivity can be ensured and excessive volatilization of the acid or solvent can be prevented, and by setting the temperature increase rate to 12°C/min or less, the residual stress of the cured product can be relieved. In addition, in the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, it is preferable to carry out a heating rate of 1 to 8°C/sec, more preferably 2 to 7°C/sec, from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature. 3 to 6°C/sec is more preferable.

加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指,開始加熱至最高加熱溫度之步驟時的溫度。例如,在將本發明的樹脂組成物適用於基材上之後使其乾燥之情況下,為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如從比本發明的樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at the start of the step of heating up to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when the resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate and then dried, the temperature of the film (layer) after drying is, for example, higher than the temperature of the solvent contained in the resin composition of the present invention. It is preferable to start the temperature rise at a temperature that is 30 to 200°C lower in the boiling point.

加熱時間(在最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為5~360分鐘為較佳,10~300分鐘為更佳,15~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 5 to 360 minutes, more preferably 10 to 300 minutes, and even more preferably 15 to 240 minutes.

尤其,在形成多層積層體之情況下,從層間的密接性的觀點考慮,加熱溫度為30℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,100℃以上為進一步較佳,120℃以上為特佳。 上述加熱溫度的上限為350℃以下為較佳,250℃以下為更佳,240℃以下為進一步較佳。 In particular, when forming a multilayer laminate, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between layers, the heating temperature is preferably 30°C or higher, more preferably 80°C or higher, more preferably 100°C or higher, and particularly 120°C or higher. good. The upper limit of the heating temperature is preferably 350°C or lower, more preferably 250°C or lower, and even more preferably 240°C or lower.

加熱可以階段性地進行。作為例子,可以進行如下步驟:從25℃以3℃/分鐘升溫至120℃且在120℃下保持60分鐘,並且從120℃以2℃/分鐘升溫至180℃且在180℃下保持120分鐘。又,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中所記載,一邊照射紫外線一邊進行處理亦較佳。藉由該種預處理步驟,能夠提高膜的特性。預處理步驟在10秒鐘~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒鐘~30分鐘為更佳。預處理可以為兩階段以上的步驟,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行第1階段的預處理步驟,之後在150~200℃的範圍內進行第2階段的預處理步驟。 進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為此時的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。 Heating can be performed in stages. As an example, the following steps may be performed: ramp from 25°C to 120°C at 3°C/min and hold at 120°C for 60 minutes, and ramp from 120°C to 180°C at 2°C/min and hold at 180°C for 120 minutes . Moreover, as described in the specification of US Pat. No. 9,159,547, it is also preferable to perform treatment while irradiating ultraviolet rays. By such a pretreatment step, the characteristics of the film can be improved. The pretreatment step may be performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, and more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment may be two or more steps. For example, the pretreatment step of the first stage may be performed in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then the pretreatment step of the second stage may be performed in the range of 150 to 200°C. Furthermore, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate at this time is preferably 1 to 5°C/min.

在防止特定樹脂分解的方面而言,藉由在加熱步驟中使氮氣、氦氣、氬氣等非活性氣體流過且在減壓下進行等而在低氧濃度的環境下進行為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 作為加熱步驟中之加熱機構,並無特別限定,但是例如可舉出加熱板、紅外線爐、電烘箱、熱風式烘箱、紅外線烘箱等。 From the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the specific resin, the heating step is preferably performed in an environment with a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, and argon under reduced pressure. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less. Although it does not specifically limit as a heating means in a heating process, For example, a hotplate, an infrared furnace, an electric oven, a hot-air oven, an infrared oven, etc. are mentioned.

<顯影後曝光步驟> 藉由顯影步驟而獲得(在進行沖洗步驟之情況下為沖洗後的圖案)代替上述加熱步驟或除了上述加熱步驟以外亦可以提供於曝光顯影步驟之後的圖案之顯影後曝光步驟中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括顯影後曝光步驟,該顯影後曝光步驟曝光藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案。本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟,亦可以僅包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的一者。 在顯影後曝光步驟中,例如能夠促進藉由光鹼產生劑的感光而進行聚醯胺酸酯等的環化之反應或藉由光酸產生劑的感光而進行酸分解性基的脫離之反應等。 在顯影後曝光步驟中,只要曝光在顯影步驟中所獲得之圖案的至少一部分即可,但是曝光上述圖案的全部為較佳。 顯影後曝光步驟中之曝光量以在感光性化合物具有靈敏度之波長下之曝光能量換算為50~20,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,100~15,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 顯影後曝光步驟例如能夠使用上述曝光步驟中之光源來進行,使用寬頻帶光為較佳。 <Exposure step after development> The post-development exposure of the pattern obtained by the development step (in the case of the rinse step, the rinsed pattern) can be provided in place of the above-mentioned heating step or in addition to the above-mentioned heating step. in steps. That is, the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention may include the post-development exposure process which exposes the pattern obtained by the development process. The manufacturing method of the cured product of the present invention may include a heating step and an exposure step after development, or may include only one of a heating step and an exposure step after development. In the post-development exposure step, for example, the reaction of cyclization of a polyamic acid ester or the like by exposure by a photobase generator or the reaction of detachment of an acid-decomposable group by exposure to a photoacid generator can be accelerated. Wait. In the post-development exposure step, it is sufficient to expose at least a part of the pattern obtained in the development step, but it is preferable to expose all of the above-mentioned patterns. The exposure amount in the post-development exposure step is preferably 50-20,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 100-15,000 mJ/cm 2 , when the exposure energy at the wavelength at which the photosensitive compound has sensitivity is converted. The post-development exposure step can be performed using, for example, the light source in the above-mentioned exposure step, preferably broadband light.

<金屬層形成步驟> 藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案(提供給加熱步驟及曝光後顯影步驟中的至少一者之圖案為較佳)可以提供給在圖案上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟中。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法包括金屬層形成步驟為較佳,該金屬層形成步驟在藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案(提供給加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之圖案為較佳)上形成金屬層。 <Metal layer formation step> The pattern obtained by the developing step (preferably the pattern provided to at least one of the heating step and the post-exposure developing step) can be provided in the metal layer forming step of forming the metal layer on the pattern. That is, it is preferable that the manufacturing method of the cured product of the present invention includes a metal layer forming step in which the pattern obtained by the developing step is provided to at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step. pattern is preferably formed on the metal layer.

作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可例示銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金、鎢、錫、銀及包含該等金屬之合金,銅及鋁為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metals can be used, and examples thereof include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, tin, silver, alloys containing these metals, copper and aluminum. More preferred, copper is further preferred.

金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報、美國專利第7888181B2、美國專利第9177926B2中所記載之方法。例如,可以考慮光微影、PVD(物理蒸鍍法)、CVD(化學氣相沉積法)、剝離、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合了該等之方法等。更具體而言,可舉出組合了濺射、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合了光微影和電解電鍍之圖案化方法。作為電鍍的較佳態樣,可舉出使用了硫酸銅或氰化銅電鍍液之電解電鍍。The formation method of the metal layer is not particularly limited, and conventional methods can be applied. For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-214501, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-101850, US Patent No. 7888181B2, and US Patent No. 9177926B2 can be used. the method described. For example, photolithography, PVD (Physical Vapor Deposition), CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition), lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, methods combining these, and the like can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electrolytic plating are exemplified. As a preferable aspect of electroplating, electrolytic electroplating using a copper sulfate or copper cyanide electroplating solution is mentioned.

作為金屬層的厚度,最厚的壁厚的部分為0.01~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.01 to 50 μm, and more preferably 1 to 10 μm, in the thickest part.

<用途> 作為能夠適用本發明的硬化物的製造方法或本發明的硬化物的領域,可舉出電子元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,亦可舉出密封膜、基板材料(柔性印刷電路板的基底膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由對如上述實際安裝用途的絕緣膜進行蝕刻而形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如能夠參閱Science&Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行、日本聚醯亞胺/芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。 <Use> Examples of fields to which the cured product of the present invention can be produced or the cured product of the present invention include insulating films for electronic components, interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, stress buffer films, and the like. In addition, sealing films, substrate materials (base films or cover films of flexible printed wiring boards, interlayer insulating films), and patterns formed by etching insulating films for practical mounting purposes as described above can also be used. For such uses, for example, you can refer to Science&Technology Co., Ltd. "High Functionalization and Application Technology of Polyimide" April 2008, Masaki Kakimoto/Supervisor, CMC Technical Library "Basics and Application of Polyimide Materials" "Development" published in November 2011, Japan Polyimide/Aromatic Polymer Research Association/Edited "Latest Polyimide Fundamentals and Applications" NTS, August 2010, etc.

又,本發明的硬化物的製造方法或本發明的硬化物亦能夠用於膠印版面或網版版面等版面的製造、蝕刻成形組件的用途、電子尤其微電子中之保護漆及介電層的製造等中。In addition, the manufacturing method of the cured product of the present invention or the cured product of the present invention can also be used for the manufacture of layouts such as offset printing plates or screen plates, the use of etching forming components, and the protection of protective varnishes and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics. manufacturing etc.

(積層體及積層體的製造方法) 本發明的積層體係指具有複數層包括本發明的硬化物之層之結構體。 本發明的積層體為包括2層以上的包含硬化物之層之積層體,並且亦可以設為積層3層以上而成之積層體。 上述積層體中所包括之2層以上的上述包括硬化物之層中的至少一個為包括本發明的硬化物之層,從抑制硬化物的收縮或上述收縮所伴隨之硬化物的變形等之觀點考慮,上述積層體中所包括之所有包括硬化物之層為包括本發明的硬化物之層亦較佳。 (Laminated body and method for producing the laminated body) The laminate system of the present invention refers to a structure having a plurality of layers including the cured product of the present invention. The layered body of the present invention is a layered body including two or more layers including a cured product, and may be a layered body formed by layering three or more layers. At least one of the two or more layers including the cured product included in the laminate is a layer including the cured product of the present invention, from the viewpoint of suppressing shrinkage of the cured product or deformation of the cured product accompanying the shrinkage, etc. It is also preferable that all the layers including the cured product included in the above-mentioned laminate are layers including the cured product of the present invention.

亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法包括本發明的硬化物的製造方法為較佳,包括重複複數次本發明的硬化物的製造方法之步驟為更佳。That is, it is preferable that the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention includes the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention, and it is more preferable to include the process of repeating the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention several times.

本發明的積層體包含2層以上的包括硬化物之層,在任意上述包括硬化物之層之間的任一層之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。關於上述金屬層,藉由上述金屬層形成步驟而形成為較佳。 亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法在複數次進行之硬化物的製造方法期間,還包括在包括硬化物之層上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。金屬層形成步驟的較佳態樣如上所述。 作為上述積層體,例如可舉出至少包含依次積層有第一個包括硬化物之層、金屬層、第二個包括硬化物之層這三個層之層結構之積層體作為較佳者。 上述第一個包括硬化物之層及上述第二個包括硬化物之層均為包括本發明的硬化物之層為較佳。用於形成上述第一個包括硬化物之層之本發明的樹脂組成物和用於形成上述第二個包括硬化物之層之本發明的樹脂組成物可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以為組成不同之組成物。本發明的積層體中之金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等金屬配線。 The layered product of the present invention includes two or more layers including a cured product, and an aspect including a metal layer between any of the above-mentioned layers including the cured product is preferred. The above-mentioned metal layer is preferably formed by the above-mentioned metal layer forming step. That is, it is preferable that the manufacturing method of the laminated body of the present invention further includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on a layer including the cured product during the manufacturing method of the cured product performed a plurality of times. The preferred aspect of the metal layer forming step is as described above. As the above-mentioned layered product, for example, a layered product having a layered structure in which at least three layers of a first layer including a cured product, a metal layer, and a second layer including a cured product are stacked in this order is preferably used. Preferably, the first layer including the cured product and the second layer including the cured product are both layers including the cured product of the present invention. The resin composition of the present invention for forming the above-mentioned first layer including the cured product and the resin composition of the present invention for forming the second layer including the cured product may be the same composition or may be make up different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention can be preferably used as metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.

<積層步驟> 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括積層步驟為較佳。 積層步驟為包括在圖案(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面上再次依序進行(a)膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之一系列步驟。其中,亦可以為重複(a)的膜形成步驟及(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之態樣。又,亦可以在(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之後包括(e)金屬層形成步驟。在積層步驟中可以進一步適當包括上述乾燥步驟等,這係毋庸置疑的。 <Lamination step> It is preferable that the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention includes a lamination process. The lamination step includes again sequentially performing (a) a film forming step (layer forming step), (b) an exposure step, (c) a developing step, (d) a heating step, on the surface of the pattern (resin layer) or metal layer. A series of steps of at least one of the post-development exposure steps. However, at least one of the film formation step of (a) and the (d) heating step and the post-development exposure step may be repeated. Moreover, (e) metal layer formation process may be included after at least one of (d) heating process and post-development exposure process. It goes without saying that the above-mentioned drying step and the like may be further appropriately included in the lamination step.

在積層步驟之後進一步進行積層步驟之情況下,可以在上述曝光步驟之後,上述加熱步驟之後或上述金屬層形成步驟之後,進一步進行表面活化處理步驟。作為表面活化處理,可例示電漿處理。對表面活性化處理的詳細內容將進行後述。When the layering step is further performed after the layering step, the surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the above-mentioned exposure step, after the above-mentioned heating step, or after the above-mentioned metal layer forming step. As the surface activation treatment, plasma treatment can be exemplified. Details of the surface activation treatment will be described later.

上述積層步驟進行2~20次為較佳,進行2~9次為更佳。 例如,如樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層,將樹脂層設為2層以上且20層以下之構成為較佳,並且設為2層以上且9層以下之構成為進一步較佳。 上述各層的組成、形狀及膜厚等可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 Preferably, the above-mentioned layering step is performed 2 to 20 times, more preferably 2 to 9 times. For example, such as resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, it is preferable to set the resin layer to 2 or more and 20 or less layers, and to set it to 2 or more and 9 layers or less. The constitution is further preferable. The composition, shape, film thickness, etc. of the above-mentioned layers may be the same or different.

在本發明中,尤其以在設置金屬層之後進一步覆蓋上述金屬層之方式形成上述本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物(樹脂層)之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可舉出依序重複(a)膜形成步驟、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者(e)金屬層形成步驟之態樣或依序重複(a)膜形成步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者、(e)金屬層形成步驟之態樣。藉由交替進行積層本發明的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)之積層步驟和金屬層形成步驟,能夠交替積層本發明的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)和金屬層。In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to form a cured product (resin layer) of the resin composition of the present invention so as to cover the metal layer after the metal layer is provided. Specifically, at least one of (a) film formation step, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (d) heating step, and post-development exposure step is sequentially repeated (e) metal layer formation. The aspect of the step is the aspect of repeating in sequence (a) the film forming step, (d) the heating step, and the post-development exposure step, and (e) the metal layer forming step. The resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the metal layer can be alternately laminated by alternately performing the lamination step of laminating the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the metal layer forming step.

(表面活性化處理步驟) 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括對上述金屬層及樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理之表面活性化處理步驟為較佳。 表面活性化處理步驟通常在金屬層形成步驟之後進行,但是亦可以在上述顯影步驟之後,對樹脂組成物層進行表面活性化處理步驟之後進行金屬層形成步驟。 關於表面活性化處理,可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對曝光後的樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行,亦可以分別對金屬層及曝光後的樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分進行。對金屬層的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理為較佳,對金屬層中在表面上形成樹脂組成物層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活性化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高與設置於其表面上之樹脂組成物層(膜)的密接性。 又,對曝光後的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)的一部分或全部亦進行表面活性化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活性化處理之表面上之金屬層和樹脂層的密接性。尤其,在進行負型顯影之情況等使樹脂組成物層硬化之情況下,不易受到表面處理之損壞,從而容易提高密接性。 作為表面活性化處理,具體而言,選自各種原料氣體(氧氣、氫氣、氬氣、氮氣、氮氣/氫氣混合氣體、氬氣/氧氣混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF 4/O 2、NF 3/O 2、SF 6、NF 3、NF 3/O 2之蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法之表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液中以去除氧化皮膜之後浸漬於包含具有至少一種胺基和硫醇基之化合物之有機表面處理劑中的浸漬處理、使用了刷子之機械粗面化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其使用氧氣作為原料氣體之氧氣電漿處理為較佳。在進行電暈放電處理之情況下,能量為500~200,000J/m 2為較佳,1000~100,000J/m 2為更佳,10,000~50,000J/m 2為最佳。 (Surface activation treatment step) It is preferable that the manufacturing method of the layered product of the present invention includes a surface activation treatment step of subjecting at least a part of the metal layer and the resin composition layer to a surface activation treatment. The surface activation treatment step is usually performed after the metal layer formation step, but the metal layer formation step may be performed after the surface activation treatment step for the resin composition layer after the above-described development step. The surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least a part of the metal layer, may be performed only on at least a part of the exposed resin composition layer, or may be performed on both the metal layer and the exposed resin composition layer, respectively. at least in part. Surface activation treatment is preferably performed on at least a part of the metal layer, and surface activation treatment is preferably performed on a part or all of a region of the metal layer where the resin composition layer is formed on the surface. In this way, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesiveness with the resin composition layer (film) provided on the surface can be improved. Moreover, it is preferable to also perform surface activation treatment on a part or all of the resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. In this way, by subjecting the surface of the resin composition layer to the surface activation treatment, the adhesiveness with the metal layer and the resin layer provided on the surface activated by the surface activation treatment can be improved. In particular, when the resin composition layer is hardened, such as in the case of performing negative development, it is difficult to be damaged by the surface treatment, and it is easy to improve the adhesiveness. Specifically, the surface activation treatment is selected from plasma treatment, corona discharge treatment, corona discharge treatment of various source gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen/hydrogen mixed gas, argon/oxygen mixed gas, etc.) Etching treatment of CF 4 /O 2 , NF 3 /O 2 , SF 6 , NF 3 , NF 3 /O 2 , surface treatment by ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, immersion in hydrochloric acid aqueous solution to remove oxide film and then immersion in Dipping treatment in organic surface treatment agents containing at least one amine group and thiol group compound, mechanical roughening treatment using a brush, plasma treatment is preferred, especially oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as a raw material gas is better. In the case of corona discharge treatment, the energy is preferably 500-200,000 J/m 2 , more preferably 1000-100,000 J/m 2 , and most preferably 10,000-50,000 J/m 2 .

(電子元件的製造方法) 又,在本發明中亦揭示包含本發明的硬化物或本發明的積層體之半導體器件。 又,本發明亦揭示包括本發明的硬化物的製造方法或本發明的積層體的製造方法之半導體器件的製造方法。作為將本發明的樹脂組成物用於再配線層用層間絕緣膜的形成中之半導體器件的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 [實施例] (Manufacturing method of electronic components) Moreover, in this invention, the semiconductor device containing the hardened|cured material of this invention or the laminated body of this invention is also disclosed. Moreover, this invention also discloses the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device which includes the manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of this invention or the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device in which the resin composition of the present invention is used in the formation of the interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers, the descriptions in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-027357 and the description in FIG. 1 can be referred to. These contents are incorporated into this specification. [Example]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行更具體的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當地進行變更。從而,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。除非另有說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.

<合成例A-1> 〔由氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、二乙二醇單甲醚及4,4’-二胺基二苯醚合成聚醯胺酸酯A-1〕 在具備安裝有攪拌機、電容器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中去除水分的同時使氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)懸浮於二乙二醇二甲醚140ml中。繼續添加二乙二醇單甲醚15.5g(129毫莫耳)、氫醌0.05g及吡啶10.7g(135毫莫耳),在60℃的溫度下攪拌了18小時。接著,將混合物冷卻至-20℃之後,經90分鐘滴加了亞硫醯氯16.1g(135.5毫莫耳)。獲得了吡啶鎓鹽酸鹽的白色沉澱。接著,將混合物加溫至室溫(25℃),攪拌2小時之後,添加吡啶9.7g(123毫莫耳)及N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)25ml,獲得了透明溶液。接著,將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚11.8g(58.7毫莫耳)溶解於NMP100ml中,藉由滴加經1小時添加到上述透明溶液中。在添加4,4’-二胺基二苯醚之期間,黏度增加。接著,將混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在4升的水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物以5000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾去除聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,在4升的水中再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。接著,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得了聚醯胺酸酯A-1。 所獲得之A-1的重量平均分子量(凝膠滲透層析法(洗提液:NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮)的聚苯乙烯換算值)為31000。 測量條件如下。 管柱:TSKguardcolumn SuperAW-H(4.6mmID.×35mm)1根 A.               TSK SuperAWM-H(6.0mmID.×150mm)2根 展開溶劑:NMP(10mmol/L溴化鋰、10mmol/L磷酸溶液) 管柱溫度:50℃ 流量:0.35mL/分鐘 樣品注入量:20μL 樣品濃度:0.1質量% 裝置名:HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH Corporation製造) 校準曲線基礎樹脂:聚苯乙烯 <Synthesis example A-1> [Synthesis of Polyamide A-1 from Oxodiphthalic Dianhydride, Diethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether and 4,4'-Diaminodiphenyl Ether] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of oxodiphthalic dianhydride was suspended in 140 ml of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether while removing moisture in a drying reactor equipped with a flat-bottomed joint equipped with a stirrer, capacitor and internal thermometer middle. 15.5 g (129 mmol) of diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were continuously added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 60° C. for 18 hours. Next, after cooling the mixture to -20°C, 16.1 g (135.5 mmol) of thionium chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. Next, the mixture was warmed to room temperature (25° C.), and after stirring for 2 hours, 9.7 g (123 mmol) of pyridine and 25 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added to obtain a clear solution. Next, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was dissolved in 100 ml of NMP, and added to the above-mentioned clear solution by dropwise addition over 1 hour. During the addition of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, the viscosity increased. Next, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was removed by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, in a reduced pressure state, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45° C. for 3 days to obtain polyimide A-1. The weight average molecular weight (gel permeation chromatography (eluent: NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) polystyrene conversion value) of the obtained A-1 was 31,000. The measurement conditions are as follows. Column: TSKguardcolumn SuperAW-H (4.6mmID.×35mm) 1 piece A. TSK SuperAWM-H (6.0mmID.×150mm) 2 pieces Developing solvent: NMP (10mmol/L lithium bromide, 10mmol/L phosphoric acid solution) Column temperature: 50℃ Flow: 0.35mL/min Sample injection volume: 20μL Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass Device name: HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH Corporation) Calibration Curve Base Resin: Polystyrene

<合成例A-2> 〔由氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯及4,4’-二胺基二苯醚合成聚醯胺酸酯A-2〕 在具備安裝有攪拌機、電容器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中去除水分的同時使氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)懸浮於二乙二醇二甲醚140ml中。繼續添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯16.8g(129毫莫耳)、氫醌0.05g及吡啶10.7g(135毫莫耳),在60℃的溫度下攪拌了18小時。 接著,將混合物冷卻至-20℃之後,經90分鐘滴加了亞硫醯氯16.1g(135.5毫莫耳)。獲得了吡啶鎓鹽酸鹽的白色沉澱。接著,將混合物加溫至室溫,攪拌2小時之後,添加吡啶9.7g(123毫莫耳)及N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)25ml,獲得了透明溶液。接著,將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚11.8g(58.7毫莫耳)溶解於NMP100ml中,藉由滴加經1小時添加到上述透明溶液中。在添加4,4’-二胺基二苯醚之期間,黏度增加。接著,將混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在4升的水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物以5000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾去除聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,在4升的水中再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。接著,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得了聚醯胺酸酯A-2。Mw為31000。 <Synthesis example A-2> [Synthesis of Polyamide A-2 from Oxodiphthalic Dianhydride, 2-Hydroxyethyl Methacrylate and 4,4'-Diaminodiphenyl Ether] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of oxodiphthalic dianhydride was suspended in 140 ml of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether while removing moisture in a drying reactor equipped with a flat-bottomed joint equipped with a stirrer, capacitor and internal thermometer middle. 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were continuously added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 60° C. for 18 hours. Next, after cooling the mixture to -20°C, 16.1 g (135.5 mmol) of thionium chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. Next, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, and after stirring for 2 hours, 9.7 g (123 mmol) of pyridine and 25 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added to obtain a clear solution. Next, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was dissolved in 100 ml of NMP, and added to the above-mentioned clear solution by dropwise addition over 1 hour. During the addition of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, the viscosity increased. Next, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was removed by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, in a reduced pressure state, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45° C. for 3 days to obtain polyimide A-2. Mw is 31000.

<合成例A-3> 〔由3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯及4,4’-二胺基二苯醚合成聚醯胺酸酯A-3〕 在具備安裝有攪拌機、電容器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中去除水分的同時使3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐19.0g(64.5毫莫耳)懸浮於二乙二醇二甲醚140ml中。繼續添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯16.8g(129毫莫耳)、氫醌0.05g及吡啶10.7g(135毫莫耳),在60℃的溫度下攪拌了18小時。接著,將混合物冷卻至-20℃之後,經90分鐘滴加了亞硫醯氯16.1g(135.5毫莫耳)。獲得了吡啶鎓鹽酸鹽的白色沉澱。接著,將混合物加溫至室溫,攪拌2小時之後,添加吡啶9.7g(123毫莫耳)及N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)25ml,獲得了透明溶液。接著,將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚11.8g(58.7毫莫耳)溶解於NMP100ml中,藉由滴加經1小時添加到上述透明溶液中。在添加4,4’-二胺基二苯醚之期間,黏度增加。接著,將混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在4升的水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物以5000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾去除聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,在4升的水中再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。接著,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得了聚醯胺酸酯A-3。Mw為31000。 <Synthesis example A-3> [Synthesis of Polyamide A-3 from 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether] 19.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride was suspended in a drying reactor equipped with a flat-bottomed joint equipped with a stirrer, a capacitor and an internal thermometer while removing moisture. Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether 140ml. 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were continuously added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 60° C. for 18 hours. Next, after cooling the mixture to -20°C, 16.1 g (135.5 mmol) of thionium chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. Next, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, and after stirring for 2 hours, 9.7 g (123 mmol) of pyridine and 25 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added to obtain a clear solution. Next, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was dissolved in 100 ml of NMP, and added to the above-mentioned clear solution by dropwise addition over 1 hour. During the addition of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, the viscosity increased. Next, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was removed by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, in a reduced pressure state, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45° C. for 3 days to obtain a polyimide A-3. Mw is 31000.

<合成例A-4> 〔由氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯及4,4’-二胺基二苯醚合成聚醯胺酸酯A-4〕 在具備安裝有攪拌機、電容器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中去除水分的同時使氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐10.0g(32.2毫莫耳)及3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐9.47g(32.3毫莫耳)懸浮於二乙二醇二甲醚140ml中。繼續添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯16.8g(129毫莫耳)、氫醌0.05g及吡啶10.7g(135毫莫耳),在60℃的溫度下攪拌了18小時。接著,將混合物冷卻至-20℃之後,經90分鐘滴加了亞硫醯氯16.1g(135.5毫莫耳)。獲得了吡啶鎓鹽酸鹽的白色沉澱。接著,將混合物加溫至室溫,攪拌2小時之後,添加吡啶9.7g(123毫莫耳)及N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)25ml,獲得了透明溶液。接著,將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚11.8g(58.7毫莫耳)溶解於NMP100ml中,藉由滴加經1小時添加到上述透明溶液中。在添加4,4’-二胺基二苯醚之期間,黏度增加。接著,將混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在4升的水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物以5000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾去除聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,在4升的水中再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。接著,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得了聚醯胺酸酯A-4。Mw為30000。 <Synthesis example A-4> [From oxodiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether Synthesis of Polyamide A-4] Oxodiphthalic dianhydride 10.0 g (32.2 mmol) and 3,3',4,4' were made to remove moisture in a drying reactor equipped with a flat-bottomed joint fitted with a stirrer, capacitor and internal thermometer -9.47 g (32.3 mmol) of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride were suspended in 140 ml of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether. 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were continuously added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 60° C. for 18 hours. Next, after cooling the mixture to -20°C, 16.1 g (135.5 mmol) of thionium chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride was obtained. Next, the mixture was warmed to room temperature, and after stirring for 2 hours, 9.7 g (123 mmol) of pyridine and 25 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added to obtain a clear solution. Next, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was dissolved in 100 ml of NMP, and added to the above-mentioned clear solution by dropwise addition over 1 hour. During the addition of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, the viscosity increased. Next, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was removed by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, in a reduced pressure state, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45° C. for 3 days to obtain polyimide A-4. Mw is 30000.

<合成例A-5> 〔由氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯及2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺合成聚醯胺酸酯A-5〕 在具備安裝有攪拌機、電容器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中去除水分的同時使氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐20.0g(64.5毫莫耳)懸浮於γ-丁內酯55ml中。繼續添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯16.8g(129毫莫耳)、氫醌0.05g及吡啶10.7g(135毫莫耳),在60℃的溫度下攪拌了18小時。接著,在冰浴中冷卻混合物之後,經40分鐘加入將二環己基碳二亞胺26.6g(129毫莫耳)溶解於γ-丁內酯23mL之溶液。接著,將混合2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺18.8g(58.7毫莫耳)及γ-丁內酯45ml之混合液經1小時添加到反應溶液中。接著,將混合物升溫至室溫,攪拌了2小時之後,加入乙醇2mL攪拌1小時,加入γ‐丁內酯50mL。接著,藉由過濾去除在反應混合物中產生之沉澱物,在500mL的乙醇中產生沉澱物,過濾所獲得之沉澱物之後,溶解於四氫呋喃250mL中。將所獲得之溶液滴加到4升的水中使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂沉澱,將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物以5000rpm的速度攪拌15分鐘,過濾了聚醯亞胺前驅物。接著,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得了聚醯胺酸酯A-5。Mw為30000。 <Synthesis example A-5> [Synthesis of Polyamide A-5 from Oxodiphthalic Dianhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of oxodiphthalic dianhydride was suspended in 55 ml of γ-butyrolactone while removing moisture in a drying reactor equipped with a flat-bottomed joint equipped with a stirrer, a capacitor and an internal thermometer. 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were continuously added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 60° C. for 18 hours. Next, after cooling the mixture in an ice bath, a solution in which 26.6 g (129 mmol) of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide was dissolved in 23 mL of γ-butyrolactone was added over 40 minutes. Next, a mixed solution of 18.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine and 45 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added to the reaction solution over 1 hour. Next, the temperature of the mixture was raised to room temperature, and after stirring for 2 hours, 2 mL of ethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then 50 mL of γ-butyrolactone was added. Next, the precipitate generated in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration, the precipitate was generated in 500 mL of ethanol, the obtained precipitate was filtered, and then dissolved in 250 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The obtained solution was added dropwise to 4 liters of water to precipitate the polyimide precursor resin, the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes, and the polyimide precursor was filtered. Next, in a reduced pressure state, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45° C. for 3 days to obtain polyimide A-5. Mw is 30000.

<合成例A-6> 〔由氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐及4,4’-二胺基二苯醚合成聚醯胺酸A-6〕 在具備安裝有攪拌機、電容器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中,將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚11.8g(58.7毫莫耳)溶解於NMP20g中。接著,加入氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐10.0g(32.2毫莫耳)及3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐9.47g(32.3毫莫耳)。升溫至60℃,攪拌了3小時之後,冷卻至室溫。將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂(聚醯胺酸A-6)作為NMP溶液而獲得。Mw為32000。 <Synthesis example A-6> [Synthesis of Polyamic Acid A-6 from Oxodiphthalic Dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-Biphenyltetracarboxylic Dianhydride and 4,4'-Diaminodiphenyl Ether] In a dry reactor equipped with a flat-bottomed joint equipped with a stirrer, a capacitor and an internal thermometer, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was dissolved in 20 g of NMP. Next, 10.0 g (32.2 mmol) of oxodiphthalic dianhydride and 9.47 g (32.3 mmol) of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride were added. It heated up to 60 degreeC, and after stirring for 3 hours, it cooled to room temperature. The obtained polyimide precursor resin (polyimide A-6) was obtained as an NMP solution. Mw is 32000.

<合成例B-1> 向安裝有磁攪拌器、電容器及內部溫度計之3口燒瓶加入氯氧化磷18.4g(120毫莫耳)、四氫呋喃(THF、200mL),一邊攪拌一邊進行冰冷。接著,將三乙胺20.2g(200毫莫耳)、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯46.9g(360毫莫耳)溶解於THF200mL中,滴加到反應液中。30分鐘之後,升溫至室溫,進而攪拌了30分鐘。過濾不溶物,向濾液加入乙酸乙酯1000mL,用1N(1mol/L)鹽酸清洗有機相之後,進而用水清洗了3次。向有機相加入硫酸鎂並使其乾燥之後,過濾不容物,向濾液加入4-羥基-TEMPO(0.05g)在減壓下蒸餾溶劑,藉此獲得了45.3g(產率87%)的磷酸化合物B-1。使用 1H-NMR確認了所獲得之B-1的結構為藉由下述化學式表示之結構。 [化學式53]

Figure 02_image104
<Synthesis Example B-1> To a 3-necked flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, a capacitor, and an internal thermometer, 18.4 g (120 mmol) of phosphorus oxychloride and tetrahydrofuran (THF, 200 mL) were added, followed by cooling with ice while stirring. Next, 20.2 g (200 mmol) of triethylamine and 46.9 g (360 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate were dissolved in 200 mL of THF and added dropwise to the reaction solution. After 30 minutes, the temperature was raised to room temperature, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. The insoluble matter was filtered, 1000 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate, and the organic phase was washed with 1N (1 mol/L) hydrochloric acid, and then washed with water three times. After adding magnesium sulfate to the organic phase and drying it, the insoluble matter was filtered, 4-hydroxy-TEMPO (0.05 g) was added to the filtrate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, whereby 45.3 g (yield 87%) of a phosphoric acid compound was obtained. B-1. Using 1 H-NMR, it was confirmed that the structure of the obtained B-1 was a structure represented by the following chemical formula. [Chemical formula 53]
Figure 02_image104

<合成例B-2> 向安裝有磁攪拌器、電容器及內部溫度計之3口燒瓶加入氯氧化磷18.4g(120毫莫耳)、THF(200mL),一邊攪拌一邊進行冰冷。接著,將三乙胺20.2g(200毫莫耳)、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯31.2g(240毫莫耳)、乙醇5.53g(120毫莫耳)溶解於THF200mL中,並滴加到反應液中。30分鐘之後,升溫至室溫,進而攪拌了30分鐘。過濾不溶物,向濾液加入乙酸乙酯1000mL,用1N(1mol/L)鹽酸清洗有機相之後,進而用水清洗了3次。向有機相加入硫酸鎂並使其乾燥之後,過濾不容物,向濾液加入4-羥基-TEMPO(0.05g)在減壓下蒸餾溶劑,藉此獲得了35.7g(產率85%)的磷酸化合物B-2。使用 1H-NMR確認了所獲得之B-2的結構為藉由下述化學式表示之結構。 [化學式54]

Figure 02_image106
<Synthesis example B-2> Phosphorus oxychloride 18.4g (120 mmol) and THF (200 mL) were added to the 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, a capacitor, and an internal thermometer, and ice-cooling was performed while stirring. Next, 20.2 g (200 mmol) of triethylamine, 31.2 g (240 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 5.53 g (120 mmol) of ethanol were dissolved in 200 mL of THF, and added dropwise to in the reaction solution. After 30 minutes, the temperature was raised to room temperature, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. The insoluble matter was filtered, 1000 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate, and the organic phase was washed with 1N (1 mol/L) hydrochloric acid, and then washed with water three times. After adding magnesium sulfate to the organic phase and drying it, the insoluble matter was filtered, 4-hydroxy-TEMPO (0.05 g) was added to the filtrate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 35.7 g (yield 85%) of a phosphoric acid compound. B-2. Using 1 H-NMR, it was confirmed that the structure of the obtained B-2 was a structure represented by the following chemical formula. [Chemical formula 54]
Figure 02_image106

<合成例B-3> 向安裝有磁攪拌器、電容器及內部溫度計之3口燒瓶加入氯氧化磷18.4g(120毫莫耳)、THF(200mL),一邊攪拌一邊進行冰冷。接著,將三乙胺20.2g(200毫莫耳)、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯15.6g(120毫莫耳)、乙醇11.1g(240毫莫耳)溶解於THF200mL中,滴加到反應液中。30分鐘之後,升溫至室溫,進而攪拌了30分鐘。過濾不溶物,向濾液加入乙酸乙酯1000mL,用1N(1mol/L)鹽酸清洗有機相之後,進而用水清洗了3次。向有機相加入硫酸鎂並使其乾燥之後,過濾不容物,向濾液加入4-羥基-TEMPO(0.05g)在減壓下蒸餾溶劑,藉此獲得了26.5g(產率83%)的磷酸化合物B-3。使用 1H-NMR確認了所獲得之B-3的結構為藉由下述化學式表示之結構。 [化學式55]

Figure 02_image108
<Synthesis example B-3> Phosphorus oxychloride 18.4g (120 mmol) and THF (200 mL) were added to the 3-neck flask equipped with the magnetic stirrer, the capacitor, and the internal thermometer, and it cooled with ice, stirring. Next, 20.2 g (200 mmol) of triethylamine, 15.6 g (120 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 11.1 g (240 mmol) of ethanol were dissolved in 200 mL of THF and added dropwise to the reaction in liquid. After 30 minutes, the temperature was raised to room temperature, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. The insoluble matter was filtered, 1000 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate, and the organic phase was washed with 1N (1 mol/L) hydrochloric acid, and then washed with water three times. After adding magnesium sulfate to the organic phase and drying it, the insoluble matter was filtered, 4-hydroxy-TEMPO (0.05 g) was added to the filtrate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 26.5 g (yield 83%) of a phosphoric acid compound. B-3. Using 1 H-NMR, it was confirmed that the structure of the obtained B-3 was a structure represented by the following chemical formula. [Chemical formula 55]
Figure 02_image108

<合成例B-4> 向安裝有磁攪拌器、電容器及內部溫度計之3口燒瓶加入氯氧化磷18.4g(120毫莫耳)、THF(200mL),一邊攪拌一邊進行冰冷。接著,將三乙胺20.2g(200毫莫耳)、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯41.8g(360毫莫耳)溶解於THF200mL中,滴加到反應液中。30分鐘之後,升溫至室溫,進而攪拌了30分鐘。過濾不溶物,向濾液加入乙酸乙酯1000mL,用1N(1mol/L)鹽酸清洗有機相之後,進而用水清洗了3次。向有機相加入硫酸鎂並使其乾燥之後,過濾不容物,向濾液加入4-羥基-TEMPO(0.05g)在減壓下蒸餾溶劑,藉此獲得了42.3g(產率90%)的磷酸化合物B-4。使用 1H-NMR確認了所獲得之B-4的結構為藉由下述化學式表示之結構。 [化學式56]

Figure 02_image110
<Synthesis Example B-4> To a 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, a capacitor, and an internal thermometer, 18.4 g (120 mmol) of phosphorus oxychloride and THF (200 mL) were added, and ice-cooled while stirring. Next, 20.2 g (200 mmol) of triethylamine and 41.8 g (360 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate were dissolved in 200 mL of THF and added dropwise to the reaction solution. After 30 minutes, the temperature was raised to room temperature, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. The insoluble matter was filtered, 1000 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate, and the organic phase was washed with 1N (1 mol/L) hydrochloric acid, and then washed with water three times. After adding magnesium sulfate to the organic phase and drying it, the insoluble matter was filtered, 4-hydroxy-TEMPO (0.05 g) was added to the filtrate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 42.3 g (yield 90%) of a phosphoric acid compound B-4. The structure of the obtained B-4 was confirmed to be a structure represented by the following chemical formula using 1 H-NMR. [Chemical formula 56]
Figure 02_image110

<合成例B-5> 向安裝有磁攪拌器、電容器及內部溫度計之3口燒瓶加入氯氧化磷18.4g(120毫莫耳)、THF(200mL),一邊攪拌一邊進行冰冷。接著,將三乙胺20.2g(200毫莫耳)、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯31.2g(240毫莫耳)溶解於THF200mL中,滴加到反應液中。30分鐘之後,進而向反應液滴加了4-胺基苯乙烯14.3g(120毫莫耳)。30分鐘之後,升溫至室溫,進而攪拌了30分鐘。過濾不溶物,向濾液加入乙酸乙酯1000mL,用1N(1mol/L)鹽酸清洗有機相之後,進而用水清洗了3次。向有機相加入硫酸鎂並使其乾燥之後,過濾不容物,向濾液加入4-羥基-TEMPO(0.05g)在減壓下蒸餾溶劑,藉此獲得了41.7g(產率88%)的磷酸化合物B-5。使用 1H-NMR確認了所獲得之B-5的結構為藉由下述化學式表示之結構。 [化學式57]

Figure 02_image112
<Synthesis Example B-5> To a 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, a capacitor, and an internal thermometer, 18.4 g (120 mmol) of phosphorus oxychloride and THF (200 mL) were added, followed by cooling with ice while stirring. Next, 20.2 g (200 mmol) of triethylamine and 31.2 g (240 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate were dissolved in 200 mL of THF and added dropwise to the reaction solution. After 30 minutes, 14.3 g (120 mmol) of 4-aminostyrene was further added dropwise to the reaction. After 30 minutes, the temperature was raised to room temperature, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. The insoluble matter was filtered, 1000 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate, and the organic phase was washed with 1N (1 mol/L) hydrochloric acid, and then washed with water three times. After adding magnesium sulfate to the organic phase and drying it, the insoluble matter was filtered, 4-hydroxy-TEMPO (0.05 g) was added to the filtrate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 41.7 g (yield 88%) of a phosphoric acid compound B-5. Using 1 H-NMR, it was confirmed that the structure of the obtained B-5 was a structure represented by the following chemical formula. [Chemical formula 57]
Figure 02_image112

<合成例B-6> 向安裝有磁攪拌器、電容器及內部溫度計之3口燒瓶加入氯氧化磷18.4g(120毫莫耳)、THF(200mL),一邊攪拌一邊進行冰冷。接著,將三乙胺20.2g(200毫莫耳)、羥丙基甲基丙烯酸酯51.9g(360毫莫耳)溶解於THF200mL中,滴加到反應液中。30分鐘之後,升溫至室溫,進而攪拌了30分鐘。過濾不溶物,向濾液加入乙酸乙酯1000mL,用1N(1mol/L)鹽酸清洗有機相之後,進而用水清洗了3次。向有機相加入硫酸鎂並使其乾燥之後,過濾不容物,向濾液加入4-羥基-TEMPO(0.05g)在減壓下蒸餾溶劑,藉此獲得了52.0g(產率91%、異構物混合物)的磷酸化合物B-6。使用 1H-NMR確認了所獲得之B-6的結構為藉由下述化學式表示之結構。 [化學式58]

Figure 02_image114
<Synthesis example B-6> Phosphorus oxychloride 18.4g (120 mmol) and THF (200 mL) were added to the 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, a capacitor, and an internal thermometer, and it cooled with ice while stirring. Next, 20.2 g (200 mmol) of triethylamine and 51.9 g (360 mmol) of hydroxypropyl methacrylate were dissolved in 200 mL of THF and added dropwise to the reaction solution. After 30 minutes, the temperature was raised to room temperature, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. The insoluble matter was filtered, 1000 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate, and the organic phase was washed with 1N (1 mol/L) hydrochloric acid, and then washed with water three times. After adding magnesium sulfate to the organic phase and drying it, the insolubles were filtered, 4-hydroxy-TEMPO (0.05 g) was added to the filtrate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 52.0 g (yield: 91%, isomer). mixture) of the phosphoric acid compound B-6. The structure of the obtained B-6 was confirmed to be a structure represented by the following chemical formula using 1 H-NMR. [Chemical formula 58]
Figure 02_image114

<合成例B-7> 向安裝有磁攪拌器、電容器及內部溫度計之3口燒瓶加入氯氧化磷18.4g(120毫莫耳)、THF(200mL),一邊攪拌一邊進行冰冷。接著,將三乙胺20.2g(200毫莫耳)、2-羥乙基丙烯醯胺41.4g(360毫莫耳)溶解於THF200mL中,滴加到反應液中。30分鐘之後,升溫至室溫,進而攪拌了30分鐘。過濾不溶物,向濾液加入乙酸乙酯1000mL,用1N(1mol/L)鹽酸清洗有機相之後,進而用水清洗了3次。向有機相加入硫酸鎂並使其乾燥之後,過濾不容物,向濾液加入4-羥基-TEMPO(0.05g)在減壓下蒸餾溶劑,藉此獲得了42.3g(產率90%)的磷酸化合物B-7。使用 1H-NMR確認了所獲得之B-7的結構為藉由下述化學式表示之結構。 [化學式59]

Figure 02_image116
<Synthesis example B-7> Phosphorus oxychloride 18.4g (120 mmol) and THF (200 mL) were added to the 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, a capacitor, and an internal thermometer, and it cooled with ice while stirring. Next, 20.2 g (200 mmol) of triethylamine and 41.4 g (360 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylamide were dissolved in 200 mL of THF and added dropwise to the reaction solution. After 30 minutes, the temperature was raised to room temperature, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. The insoluble matter was filtered, 1000 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate, and the organic phase was washed with 1N (1 mol/L) hydrochloric acid, and then washed with water three times. After adding magnesium sulfate to the organic phase and drying it, the insoluble matter was filtered, 4-hydroxy-TEMPO (0.05 g) was added to the filtrate, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 42.3 g (yield 90%) of a phosphoric acid compound B-7. Using 1 H-NMR, it was confirmed that the structure of the obtained B-7 was a structure represented by the following chemical formula. [Chemical formula 59]
Figure 02_image116

<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例中,分別混合下述表中所記載之成分,從而獲得了各樹脂組成物。又,在各比較例中,分別混合下述表中所記載之成分,從而獲得了各比較用組成物。 具體而言,除了表中所記載之溶劑以外的成分的含量設為表的各“添加量”一欄中所記載之量(質量份)。 另外,關於A-6,以溶液中的固體成分量成為表的各“添加量”中所記載之量(質量份)的方式添加。 將所獲得之樹脂組成物及比較用組成物通過細孔的寬度為0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器來進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有對應之成分。 表中,關於除了“溶劑”以外的欄,例如A-2/A-3=50/50的記載表示以A-2:50質量份、A-3:50質量份含有A-2及A-3。 表中,關於“溶劑”一欄,例如NMP/EL=80/20的記載表示以NMP:EL=80:20(質量比)含有NMP及EL。又,“溶劑”的“添加量”的記載表示上述含有比的混合溶劑的總含量(質量份)。 <Examples and Comparative Examples> In each Example, each resin composition was obtained by mixing the components described in the following table, respectively. In addition, in each comparative example, each composition for comparison was obtained by mixing the components described in the following table, respectively. Specifically, the content of the components other than the solvent described in the table is the amount (parts by mass) described in the column of each "addition amount" in the table. In addition, about A-6, it added so that the solid content amount in a solution might become the quantity (mass part) described in each "addition amount" of a table|surface. The obtained resin composition and the composition for comparison were subjected to pressure filtration through a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene having a pore width of 0.8 μm. In addition, in the table|surface, the description of "-" shows that a composition does not contain the corresponding component. In the table, in the column other than "solvent", for example, the description of A-2/A-3=50/50 means that A-2 and A- are contained in A-2: 50 parts by mass and A-3: 50 parts by mass 3. In the table, in the column of "solvent", for example, the description of NMP/EL=80/20 means that NMP and EL are contained in NMP:EL=80:20 (mass ratio). In addition, the description of the "addition amount" of "solvent" shows the total content (mass part) of the mixed solvent of the said content ratio.

[表1]    聚醯胺酸酯 化合物B 溶劑 光聚合起始劑 增感劑 交聯劑 聚合抑制劑 金屬密接性改良劑 遷移抑制劑 熱鹼產生劑 硬化溫度 (℃) 保存穩定性 膜強度 耐藥品性 解析度 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 實 施 例 1 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 2 A-4 100 B-2 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 3 A-4 100 B-3 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B B A 4 A-4 100 B-4 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 5 A-4 100 B-5 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 6 A-4 100 B-6 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 7 A-4 100 B-7 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 8 A-4 100 B-8 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B C A 9 A-4 100 B-9 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B B A 10 A-4 100 B-10 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B C A 11 A-4 100 B-11 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B C A 12 A-4 100 B-1/ B-2 1/1 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 13 A-1 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B B C 14 A-2 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 15 A-3 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 16 A-5 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 17 A-2/A-3 50/50 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 18 A-4 100 B-1 0.5 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK C B B 19 A-4 100 B-1 5 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 20 A-4 100 B-1 2 GBL/DMSO=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 21 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-2 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 22 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-3 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 23 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-2 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 24 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-3 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 25 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-1 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 26 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-2 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 27 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-3 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 28 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-3 0.05 H-1 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 29 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-2 1 J-1 5 230 OK A A A 30 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-2 1 J-2 5 230 OK A A A [Table 1] Polyurethane Compound B solvent photopolymerization initiator Sensitizer cross-linking agent polymerization inhibitor Metal Adhesion Improver migration inhibitor hot alkali generator Hardening temperature (℃) storage stability Membrane strength drug resistance Resolution type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount Example 1 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 2 A-4 100 B-2 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 3 A-4 100 B-3 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B B A 4 A-4 100 B-4 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 5 A-4 100 B-5 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 6 A-4 100 B-6 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 7 A-4 100 B-7 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 8 A-4 100 B-8 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B C A 9 A-4 100 B-9 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B B A 10 A-4 100 B-10 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B C A 11 A-4 100 B-11 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B C A 12 A-4 100 B-1/ B-2 1/1 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 13 A-1 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B B C 14 A-2 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 15 A-3 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 16 A-5 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 17 A-2/A-3 50/50 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 18 A-4 100 B-1 0.5 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK C B B 19 A-4 100 B-1 5 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 20 A-4 100 B-1 2 GBL/DMSO=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A twenty one A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-2 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A twenty two A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-3 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A twenty three A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-2 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A twenty four A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-3 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 25 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-1 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 26 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-2 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 27 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-3 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 28 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-3 0.05 H-1 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK B A A 29 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-2 1 J-1 5 230 OK A A A 30 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-2 1 J-2 5 230 OK A A A

[表2]    聚醯胺酸酯 化合物B 溶劑 光聚合起始劑 增感劑 交聯劑 聚合抑制劑 金屬密接性改良劑 遷移抑制劑 熱鹼產生劑 硬化溫度 (℃) 保存穩定性 膜強度 耐藥品性 解析度 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 種類 添加量 實 施 例 31 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-2 1 J-3 5 230 OK A A A 32 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-2 1 J-4 5 230 OK A A A 33 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-2 10 - - - - - - - - - - - - 230 OK B B C 34 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 230 OK B C - 35 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 200 OK C B A 比 較 例 1 A-4 100 - - NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK D D B 2 A-4 100 - - NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 200 OK E E B 3 A-6 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 NG B C D [Table 2] Polyurethane Compound B solvent photopolymerization initiator Sensitizer cross-linking agent polymerization inhibitor Metal Adhesion Improver migration inhibitor hot alkali generator Hardening temperature (℃) storage stability Membrane strength drug resistance Resolution type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount type added amount Example 31 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-2 1 J-3 5 230 OK A A A 32 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-2 1 J-4 5 230 OK A A A 33 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-2 10 - - - - - - - - - - - - 230 OK B B C 34 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 230 OK B C - 35 A-4 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 200 OK C B A Comparative example 1 A-4 100 - - NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 OK D D B 2 A-4 100 - - NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 200 OK E E B 3 A-6 100 B-1 2 NMP/EL=80/20 200 C-1 10 E-1/E-2 0.05/8 F-1 8 G-4 0.05 H-2 1.5 I-1 1 - - 230 NG B C D

表中所記載之各成分的詳細內容如下。The details of each component described in the table are as follows.

〔樹脂〕 ・A-1~A-6:在上述合成例中合成之A-1~A-6 [resin] ・A-1 to A-6: A-1 to A-6 synthesized in the above synthesis example

〔化合物B〕 ・B-1~B-7:在上述合成例中合成之B-1~B-7 ・B-8:MR-200(DAIHACHI CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO.,LTD.製造) ・B-9:MR-260(DAIHACHI CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO.,LTD.製造) ・B-10:Hosmer M(Unichemical公司製造) ・B-11:三(2-丁氧基乙基)磷酸酯 B-1~B-11均為對應於上述化合物B之化合物。 [Compound B] ・B-1 to B-7: B-1 to B-7 synthesized in the above synthesis example ・B-8: MR-200 (manufactured by DAIHACHI CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO.,LTD.) ・B-9: MR-260 (manufactured by DAIHACHI CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO., LTD.) ・B-10: Hosmer M (manufactured by Unichemical) ・B-11: Tris(2-butoxyethyl) phosphate B-1 to B-11 are all compounds corresponding to the above-mentioned compound B.

〔溶劑〕 ・NMP:N-甲基吡咯啶酮 ・EL:乳酸乙酯 ・GBL:γ-丁內酯 ・DMSO:二甲基亞碸 [Solvent] ・NMP: N-Methylpyrrolidone ・EL: Ethyl lactate ・GBL: γ-Butyrolactone ・DMSO: Dimethyl sulfoxide

〔光聚合起始劑〕 ・C-1~C-3:下述結構的化合物 [化學式60]

Figure 02_image118
[Photopolymerization initiator] ・C-1 to C-3: Compounds of the following structures [Chemical formula 60]
Figure 02_image118

〔增感劑〕 ・E-1~E-2:下述結構的化合物 [化學式61]

Figure 02_image120
[Sensitizers] ・E-1 to E-2: Compounds of the following structures [Chemical Formula 61]
Figure 02_image120

〔交聯劑(聚合性化合物)〕 ・F-1~F-3:下述結構的化合物 [化學式62]

Figure 02_image122
[Crosslinking agent (polymerizable compound)] ・F-1 to F-3: Compounds of the following structures [Chemical Formula 62]
Figure 02_image122

〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・G-1~G-4:下述結構的化合物。 [化學式63]

Figure 02_image124
[Polymerization inhibitor] G-1 to G-4: Compounds of the following structures. [Chemical formula 63]
Figure 02_image124

〔金屬密接性改良劑〕 ・H-1~H-2:下述結構的化合物 [化學式64]

Figure 02_image126
[Metal Adhesion Improver] ・H-1 to H-2: Compounds of the following structures [Chemical Formula 64]
Figure 02_image126

〔遷移抑制劑〕 ・I-1~I-2:下述結構的化合物 [化學式65]

Figure 02_image128
[Migration inhibitor] ・I-1 to I-2: Compounds of the following structures [Chemical formula 65]
Figure 02_image128

〔熱鹼產生劑〕 ・J-1~J-4:下述結構的化合物 [化學式66]

Figure 02_image130
[Heat base generator] ・J-1 to J-4: Compounds of the following structures [Chemical formula 66]
Figure 02_image130

〔評價〕 <保存穩定性的評價> 在各實施例及比較例中,利用旋塗法分別將所製備之各樹脂組成物或比較用組成物適用於矽晶圓上而形成了熱硬化性樹脂組成物層。將適用了所得到之熱硬化性樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓在加熱板上在100℃下乾燥5分鐘,在矽晶圓上得到了均勻的約15μm厚度的熱硬化性樹脂組成物層。將該值(15μm)設為經時前膜厚。 〔經時後膜厚〕 在各實施例及比較例中,分別將所製備之各樹脂組成物或比較用組成物放入玻璃容器中並進行密閉,在遮光、25℃的環境下靜置14天之後,利用旋塗法以與求出經時前膜厚時相同之轉速適用於矽晶圓上而形成了熱硬化性樹脂組成物層。將適用了所得到之熱硬化性樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓在加熱板上在100℃下乾燥5分鐘,在矽晶圓上得到了均勻的熱硬化性樹脂組成物層。測量所獲得之熱硬化性樹脂組成物層的膜厚,將該值設為經時後膜厚。使用光干涉式膜厚測量裝置(Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co.,Ltd.製造Lambda Ace VM-1030)測量了基板上的樹脂組成物層的膜厚。另外,以聚醯亞胺為對象,折射率測量為1.629。 〔膜厚變化率〕 藉由以下式計算出膜厚變化率。 A.               膜厚變化率(%)=|經時前膜厚-經時後膜厚|/經時前膜厚×100 膜厚變化率小於10%判斷為OK,將10%以上判斷為NG。評價結果記載於表中的“保存穩定性”一欄中。 〔Evaluation〕 <Evaluation of storage stability> In each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, each of the prepared resin compositions or the composition for comparison was applied to a silicon wafer by spin coating to form a thermosetting resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer with a thickness of about 15 μm on the silicon wafer. This value (15 μm) was taken as the film thickness before elapse of time. [Film thickness after time] In each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, the prepared resin compositions or compositions for comparison were placed in glass containers, sealed, and allowed to stand for 14 days in a light-shielded, 25°C environment, and then spin coating was used. The thermosetting resin composition layer was formed by applying it to the silicon wafer at the same rotational speed as when the film thickness before elapsed time was obtained. The silicon wafer to which the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes, and a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer was obtained on the silicon wafer. The film thickness of the obtained thermosetting resin composition layer was measured, and this value was made into the film thickness after elapse of time. The film thickness of the resin composition layer on the substrate was measured using an optical interference type film thickness measuring apparatus (Lambda Ace VM-1030 manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd.). In addition, in the case of polyimide, the refractive index was measured to be 1.629. [Film thickness change rate] The film thickness change rate was calculated by the following formula. A. Film thickness change rate (%) = | film thickness before time - film thickness after time | / film thickness before time × 100 When the film thickness change rate was less than 10%, it was judged as OK, and when it was more than 10%, it was judged as NG. The evaluation results are described in the column of "Storage stability" in the table.

<膜強度的評價> 在各實施例及比較例中,利用旋塗法將所製備之熱硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物適用於矽晶圓上而形成了硬化性樹脂組成物層。將適用了所得到之硬化性樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓在加熱板上在100℃下乾燥5分鐘,在矽晶圓上得到了約15μm厚度的均勻的熱硬化性樹脂組成物層。關於組成物中含有光聚合起始劑之例,使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)以500mJ/cm 2的曝光能量對樹脂組成物層進行了整個表面曝光。組成物中不含有光聚合起始劑之例中,未進行曝光。在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度使用箱式烘爐對所獲得之熱硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)進行升溫,到達表中的“硬化溫度(℃)”中所記載之溫度之後,將上述溫度保持3小時。將硬化後的樹脂層(硬化物)浸漬於4.9質量%氫氟酸溶液中,從矽晶圓剝離了硬化物。使用沖孔機對剝離之硬化物進行沖孔,製作了試樣寬度3mm、長度30mm的試驗片。使用拉伸試驗機(TENSILON),在十字頭速度300mm/分鐘、關於薄膜的長邊方向,25℃、65%RH(相對濕度)的環境下依據JIS-K6251:2017測量了所獲得之試驗片。評價各實施5次,關於薄膜所斷裂時的伸長率(斷裂伸長率),將上述5次的測量結果的算術平均值用作指標值。 按照下述基準進行評價,評價結果記載於表中的“膜強度”一欄中。斷裂伸長率(上述指標值)愈大,膜強度愈高。 -評價標準- A 上述指標值為65%以上。 B 上述指標值為60%以上且小於65%。 C 上述指標值為55%以上且小於60%。 D 上述指標值為50%以上且小於55%。 E 上述指標值小於50%。 <Evaluation of Film Strength> In each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, the prepared thermosetting resin composition or the composition for comparison was applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating to form a curable resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained curable resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a uniform thermosetting resin composition layer with a thickness of about 15 μm on the silicon wafer. Regarding the example in which the photopolymerization initiator was contained in the composition, the entire surface of the resin composition layer was exposed at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). In the case where the composition does not contain a photopolymerization initiator, exposure is not performed. The obtained thermosetting resin composition layer (resin layer) was heated at a temperature increase rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere using a box oven to reach the value described in the "hardening temperature (°C)" in the table. After the temperature, the above temperature was maintained for 3 hours. The cured resin layer (cured product) was immersed in a 4.9 mass % hydrofluoric acid solution, and the cured product was peeled off from the silicon wafer. The peeled cured product was punched using a punching machine, and a test piece having a sample width of 3 mm and a length of 30 mm was produced. The obtained test piece was measured in accordance with JIS-K6251:2017 using a tensile testing machine (TENSILON) in an environment with a crosshead speed of 300 mm/min, 25°C, and 65% RH (relative humidity) in the longitudinal direction of the film. . The evaluation was carried out 5 times each, and the arithmetic mean of the measurement results of the above-mentioned 5 times was used as an index value for the elongation at break (elongation at break) of the film. The evaluation was performed according to the following criteria, and the evaluation results are described in the column of "film strength" in the table. The larger the elongation at break (the above index value), the higher the film strength. -Evaluation Criteria- A The above-mentioned index value is 65% or more. B The above index value is more than 60% and less than 65%. C The above index value is more than 55% and less than 60%. D The above index value is more than 50% and less than 55%. E The above index value is less than 50%.

<耐藥品性> 在各實施例及比較例中,利用旋塗法將所製備之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物分別適用於矽晶圓上而形成了硬化性樹脂組成物層。將適用了所得到之硬化性樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓在加熱板上在100℃下乾燥5分鐘,在矽晶圓上得到了約15μm厚度的均勻的樹脂組成物層。關於組成物中含有光聚合起始劑之例,使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)以500mJ/cm 2的曝光能量對樹脂組成物層進行了整個表面曝光。組成物中不含有光聚合起始劑之例中,未進行曝光。在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度對所獲得之樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)進行升溫,到達表中的“硬化溫度(℃)”中所記載之溫度之後,將上述溫度保持3小時,藉此在矽晶圓上形成了硬化物。 未從矽晶圓剝離硬化物,在下述條件下將硬化物及矽晶圓浸漬於下述化學液中,計算了溶解速度。 藥液:二甲基亞碸(DMSO)與25質量%的氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)水溶液的90:10(質量比)的混合物 評價條件:在75℃下在藥液中浸漬樹脂層15分鐘,比較浸漬前後的膜厚,計算了溶解速度(nm/分鐘)。 按照下述評價標準進行評價,評價結果記載於表的“耐藥品性”一欄中。溶解速度愈小,耐藥品性愈優異。 -評價標準- A 溶解速度小於200nm/分鐘。 B 溶解速度為200nm/分鐘以上且小於300nm/分鐘。 C 溶解速度為300nm/分鐘以上且小於400nm/分鐘。 D 溶解速度為400nm/分鐘以上且小於500nm/分鐘。 E 溶解速度為500nm/分鐘以上。 <Chemical Resistance> In each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, the prepared resin composition or the composition for comparison was applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating to form a curable resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained curable resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes, and a uniform resin composition layer with a thickness of about 15 μm was obtained on the silicon wafer. Regarding the example in which the photopolymerization initiator was contained in the composition, the entire surface of the resin composition layer was exposed at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). In the case where the composition does not contain a photopolymerization initiator, exposure is not performed. The obtained resin composition layer (resin layer) was heated at a heating rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere to reach the temperature described in "hardening temperature (°C)" in the table, and then the temperature was maintained for 3 hours, thereby forming a hardened substance on the silicon wafer. The cured product was not peeled off from the silicon wafer, but the cured product and the silicon wafer were immersed in the following chemical solution under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated. Chemical solution: a 90:10 (mass ratio) mixture of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and a 25% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) Evaluation conditions: The resin layer was immersed in the chemical solution at 75°C After 15 minutes, the film thicknesses before and after the immersion were compared, and the dissolution rate (nm/min) was calculated. The evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results are described in the column of "chemical resistance" in the table. The lower the dissolution rate, the better the chemical resistance. -Evaluation Criteria- A The dissolution rate is less than 200 nm/min. The dissolution rate of B is 200 nm/min or more and less than 300 nm/min. The C dissolution rate is 300 nm/min or more and less than 400 nm/min. D The dissolution rate is 400 nm/min or more and less than 500 nm/min. E The dissolution rate is 500 nm/min or more.

<解析度> 在各實施例及比較例中,利用旋塗法將所製備之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物分別適用於矽晶圓上而形成了樹脂組成物層。將適用了所得到之樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓在加熱板上在100℃下乾燥5分鐘,在矽晶圓上得到了約15μm厚度的均勻的樹脂組成物層。使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)以500mJ/cm 2的曝光能量藉由i射線曝光了矽晶圓上的樹脂組成物層。關於曝光,經由遮罩(形成有圖案為1:1線與空間、線寬為從5至20μm為止1μm刻度的線寬之二元遮罩)進行。上述曝光後,使用環戊酮顯影60秒鐘,用丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)沖洗20秒鐘,獲得了樹脂組成物層的線與空間圖案。之後,在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度使用箱式烘爐對所獲得之樹脂組成物層進行升溫,到達表中的“硬化溫度(℃)”中所記載之溫度之後,將上述溫度保持3小時,藉此在矽晶圓上形成了線與空間圖案的硬化物。使用掃描型電子顯微鏡以倍率5000倍觀察所獲得之圖案,將沒有殘渣且分辨線與空間圖案之最小尺寸設為解析度。解析度愈小,解析度愈優異。 另外,關於解析度的評價結果的欄中記載為“-”之例,未進行解析度的評價。 -評價標準- A 分辨之最小尺寸小於7μm。 B 分辨之最小尺寸為7μm以上且小於10μm。 C 分辨之最小尺寸為10μm以上且小於15μm。 D 分辨之最小尺寸為15μm以上。 <Resolution> In each of Examples and Comparative Examples, the prepared resin composition or the composition for comparison was applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating to form a resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained resin composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 5 minutes, and a uniform resin composition layer with a thickness of about 15 μm was obtained on the silicon wafer. The resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed by i-ray using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 . Exposure was performed through a mask (a binary mask in which the pattern was 1:1 line and space, and the line width was 1 μm in scale from 5 to 20 μm). After the above exposure, development was performed using cyclopentanone for 60 seconds, and rinsed with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) for 20 seconds to obtain a line and space pattern of the resin composition layer. After that, the obtained resin composition layer was heated at a temperature increase rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere using a box oven to reach the temperature described in "hardening temperature (°C)" in the table. The temperature was maintained for 3 hours, whereby a hardened product with a line and space pattern was formed on the silicon wafer. The obtained pattern was observed at a magnification of 5000 times using a scanning electron microscope, and the minimum size without residues and resolving the line and space patterns was set as the resolution. The smaller the resolution, the better the resolution. In addition, the column about the evaluation result of the resolution is described as an example of "-", and the evaluation of the resolution was not performed. -Evaluation Criteria- A Minimum size of resolution is less than 7 μm. The minimum size of B resolution is 7 μm or more and less than 10 μm. The minimum size of C resolution is 10 μm or more and less than 15 μm. The minimum size of D resolution is 15 μm or more.

<實施例51> 實施例1中,將用於進行表中的“硬化溫度(℃)”中的加熱之加熱機構從箱式烘爐變更為“紅外線燈加熱裝置(ADVANCE RIKO,Inc.製造、RTP-6)”,除此以外,藉由與實施例1相同的方法進行了上述膜強度、耐藥品性及解析度的評價。 具體的加熱條件為如下條件,亦即,在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,到達表中的“硬化溫度(℃)”中所記載之溫度之後將其溫度保持3小時。 實施例51中的膜強度、耐藥品性及解析度的評價結果分別與實施例1中的該等評價結果相同。 <Example 51> In Example 1, the heating mechanism for heating in the "hardening temperature (°C)" in the table was changed from a box oven to an "infrared lamp heating device (manufactured by ADVANCE RIKO, Inc., RTP-6)" , the evaluations of the above-mentioned film strength, chemical resistance and resolution were carried out by the same method as in Example 1. The specific heating conditions were conditions in which the temperature was raised at a temperature increase rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere, and the temperature was maintained for 3 hours after reaching the temperature described in "hardening temperature (°C)" in the table. The evaluation results of film strength, chemical resistance, and resolution in Example 51 were the same as those in Example 1, respectively.

<實施例52> 實施例22中,將曝光用光源從步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)變更為直接曝光裝置(ADTEC DE-6UH III),除此以外,藉由與實施例22相同的方法進行了解析度評價。在波長405nm下,曝光進行了曝光部成為線寬從5至20μm為止的1μm刻度的1:1線與空間圖案中的線部之雷射直接顯像曝光。曝光量設為500mJ/cm 2。 實施例52中的解析度的評價結果與實施例22中的解析度的評價結果相同。 <Example 52> In Example 22, the same method as in Example 22 was carried out except that the light source for exposure was changed from a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) to a direct exposure device (ADTEC DE-6UH III). Resolution evaluation was performed. At a wavelength of 405 nm, the exposure was performed by direct laser development exposure in which the exposure portion became a 1:1 line and space pattern in a 1 μm scale with a line width from 5 to 20 μm. The exposure amount was set to 500 mJ/cm 2 . The evaluation results of the resolution in Example 52 were the same as the evaluation results of the resolution in Example 22.

<實施例53> 實施例22中,將基於i射線之曝光變更為基於波長405nm的光之曝光,除此以外,藉由與實施例22相同的方法進行了上述膜強度、耐藥品性及解析度的評價。 實施例53中的膜強度、耐藥品性及解析度的評價結果分別與實施例22中的該等評價結果相同。 <Example 53> In Example 22, except having changed the exposure by i-ray to the exposure by light of wavelength 405nm, the evaluation of the said film strength, chemical resistance, and resolution was performed by the same method as Example 22. The evaluation results of film strength, chemical resistance, and resolution in Example 53 were the same as those in Example 22, respectively.

從以上的結果可知,本發明之樹脂組成物的保存穩定性優異,由本發明之樹脂組成物獲得之硬化物的耐藥品性優異。 比較例1~2之比較用組成物不含有化合物B。 可知由該等比較用組成物獲得之硬化物的耐藥品性較差。 又,比較例3之樹脂組成物中,作為樹脂未使用聚醯胺酸酯而是使用了聚醯胺酸。可知該等比較用組成物的保存穩定性較差。 From the above results, it was found that the resin composition of the present invention is excellent in storage stability, and the cured product obtained from the resin composition of the present invention is excellent in chemical resistance. The comparative compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 2 did not contain Compound B. It turns out that the hardened|cured material obtained from these comparative compositions is inferior in chemical resistance. In addition, in the resin composition of the comparative example 3, polyamic acid was used instead of polyamic acid ester as resin. It turns out that these comparative compositions are inferior in storage stability.

<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法將在實施例1中所使用之樹脂組成物以層狀適用於表面上形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的表面上,並在100℃下乾燥4分鐘而形成膜厚20μm的樹脂組成物層之後,使用步進機(Nikon Co.,Ltd.製造,NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。關於曝光,經由遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間、線寬為10μm的二元遮罩)在波長365nm下進行。曝光後,在100℃下加熱了4分鐘。上述加熱後,用環己酮顯影2分鐘,並用PGMEA沖洗30秒鐘,從而獲得了層的圖案。 接著,在氮氣環境下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行升溫,在達到230℃之後,在230℃下保持3小時,從而形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造出半導體器件,其結果,確認到正常動作。 <Example 101> The resin composition used in Example 1 was applied to the surface of the resin substrate having a thin copper layer on the surface by spin coating, and was dried at 100° C. for 4 minutes to form a film with a thickness of 20 μm. After the resin composition layer of , exposure was performed using a stepper (manufactured by Nikon Co., Ltd., NSR1505 i6). For exposure, via a mask (binary mask with 1:1 line and space pattern, line width 10 μm) at a wavelength of 365 nm. After exposure, it was heated at 100°C for 4 minutes. After the above heating, development was performed with cyclohexanone for 2 minutes, and rinsed with PGMEA for 30 seconds, thereby obtaining a layer pattern. Next, the temperature was increased at a temperature increase rate of 10° C./min in a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 230° C., the temperature was maintained at 230° C. for 3 hours to form an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. This interlayer insulating film for rewiring layers is excellent in insulating properties. Moreover, a semiconductor device was manufactured using these interlayer insulating films for rewiring layers, and as a result, normal operation was confirmed.

Claims (15)

一種樹脂組成物,其含有聚醯胺酸酯及選自包括磷酸酯、磷酸酯醯胺及磷酸醯胺之群組中之1種以上的化合物B。A resin composition comprising a polyurethane and one or more compounds B selected from the group consisting of phosphate ester, phosphate amide and phosphate amide. 如請求項1所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述聚醯胺酸酯含有由下述式(2)表示之重複單元, [化學式1]
Figure 03_image001
式(2)中,A 1及A 2表示氧原子或-NH-,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示1價的有機基,R 115表示4價的有機基,R 111表示2價的有機基。
The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the aforementioned polyamide contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2), [Chemical formula 1]
Figure 03_image001
In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 represent an oxygen atom or -NH-, R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 111 represents a divalent organic group. base.
如請求項2所述之樹脂組成物,其中 式(2)中的前述R 113及R 114中的至少一者為含有自由基聚合性基之1價的有機基。 The resin composition according to claim 2, wherein at least one of R 113 and R 114 in formula (2) is a monovalent organic group containing a radically polymerizable group. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述化合物B包含由式(1)表示之化合物, [化學式2]
Figure 03_image133
式(1)中,R 1、R 2及R 3分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1~20的1價的有機基,R 1、R 2及R 3中的至少1個為碳數1~20的1價的有機基,X 1、X 2及X 3分別獨立地為-O-或-NR N-,R N為氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1至20的1價的有機基。
The resin composition according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, wherein the aforementioned compound B comprises a compound represented by formula (1), [chemical formula 2]
Figure 03_image133
In formula (1), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least 1 of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 Each is a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently -O- or -NR N -, and R N is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted carbon number of 1 to 2 20 monovalent organic group.
如請求項4所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述R 1、R 2及R 3中,至少一個為含有聚合性基之1價的有機基。 The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is a monovalent organic group containing a polymerizable group. 如請求項5所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述R 1、R 2及R 3中,至少一個為自由基聚合性基。 The resin composition according to claim 5, wherein at least one of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is a radical polymerizable group. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其還含有光聚合起始劑及熱聚合起始劑中的至少一者。The resin composition according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, further comprising at least one of a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其還包含光聚合起始劑。The resin composition according to any one of claim 1 to claim 3, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator. 如請求項1至請求項3之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。The resin composition according to any one of Claims 1 to 3, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. 一種硬化物,其硬化請求項1至請求項9之任一項所述之樹脂組成物而成。A hardened product obtained by hardening the resin composition according to any one of Claims 1 to 9. 一種積層體,其包含2層以上的由請求項10所述之硬化物構成之層,在由前述硬化物構成之層之間的任一層之間包含金屬層。A layered product comprising two or more layers composed of the cured product described in claim 10, and including a metal layer between any of the layers composed of the cured product. 一種硬化物的製造方法,其包括將請求項1至請求項9之任一項所述之樹脂組成物適用於基材上以形成膜之膜形成步驟。A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film forming step of applying the resin composition according to any one of Claims 1 to 9 on a substrate to form a film. 如請求項12所述之硬化物之製造方法,其包括選擇性曝光前述膜之曝光步驟及使用顯影液顯影前述膜來形成圖案之顯影步驟。The method for producing a cured product according to claim 12, comprising an exposure step of selectively exposing the film and a development step of developing the film with a developer to form a pattern. 如請求項12或請求項13所述之硬化物之製造方法,其包括在50~450℃下加熱前述膜之加熱步驟。The manufacturing method of the hardened|cured material of Claim 12 or Claim 13 which comprises the heating process of heating the said film at 50-450 degreeC. 一種半導體器件,其包含請求項10所述之硬化物。A semiconductor device comprising the cured product of claim 10.
TW110130930A 2020-08-26 2021-08-20 Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device TW202219117A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-142847 2020-08-26
JP2020142847 2020-08-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202219117A true TW202219117A (en) 2022-05-16

Family

ID=80353281

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110130930A TW202219117A (en) 2020-08-26 2021-08-20 Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022045059A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20230043165A (en)
TW (1) TW202219117A (en)
WO (1) WO2022045059A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006309202A (en) * 2005-03-29 2006-11-09 Toray Ind Inc Photosensitive resin composition and semiconductor device using the same
JP2007094342A (en) * 2005-09-02 2007-04-12 Kaneka Corp Photosensitive resin composition having flame retardancy and its usage
JP5641652B2 (en) * 2011-03-31 2014-12-17 日本化薬株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
JP6704048B2 (en) * 2016-06-29 2020-06-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film manufacturing method, semiconductor device, laminated body manufacturing method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and polyimide precursor
JP6808831B2 (en) * 2017-06-06 2021-01-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin compositions, cured films, laminates, methods for producing cured films, semiconductor devices and compounds
TWI779162B (en) * 2018-01-29 2022-10-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminated body, manufacturing method of cured film, manufacturing method of laminated body, semiconductor device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20230043165A (en) 2023-03-30
JPWO2022045059A1 (en) 2022-03-03
WO2022045059A1 (en) 2022-03-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW202219034A (en) Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device
TW202212425A (en) Method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing semiconductor device
TWI835240B (en) Methods for manufacturing hardened materials, methods for manufacturing laminated bodies, methods for manufacturing semiconductor devices, and processing liquids
TW202112836A (en) Method for producing cured film, photocurable resin composition, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor device
TW202235490A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device
JP7498281B2 (en) CURABLE RESIN COMPOSITION, CURED PRODUCT, LAMINATE, PROCESS FOR PRODUCING CURED PRODUCT, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
TW202222912A (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, and semiconductor device
TW202219637A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device
TW202212992A (en) Cured product production method, laminate production method, and semiconductor device production method
TW202136375A (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, production method for cured film, and semiconductor device
TW202311304A (en) Method for manufacturing permanent film, method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing device, and permanent film
TW202219161A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product production method, and semiconductor device
TW202225268A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product production method, and semiconductor device
TW202219119A (en) Curable resin composition, cured article, laminated body, method for producing cured article, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor, and method for producing same
TW202225840A (en) Cured product production method, laminate production method, and semiconductor device production method
TW202219092A (en) Curable resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, semiconductor device, and photobase generator
TW202212424A (en) Method for producing composite pattern, resin composition, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing semiconductor device
TW202219118A (en) Method for producing polyimide precursor and method for producing curable resin composition
TW202210557A (en) Cured product production method, laminate production method, and electronic device production method
TW202219117A (en) Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device
TW202225227A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product production method, and semiconductor device
TW202219080A (en) Curable resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, semiconductor device, and polyimide precursor and production method therefor
TW202222911A (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, and semiconductor device
TW202219120A (en) Curable resin composition, cured product, layered product, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, and compound
TW202208511A (en) Method for manufacturing cured product, resin composition, developing solution, method for manufacturing layered body, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device